Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* ssl/ssl.h */ |
| 2 | /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) |
| 3 | * All rights reserved. |
| 4 | * |
| 5 | * This package is an SSL implementation written |
| 6 | * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). |
| 7 | * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as |
| 10 | * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions |
| 11 | * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, |
| 12 | * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation |
| 13 | * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms |
| 14 | * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in |
| 17 | * the code are not to be removed. |
| 18 | * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution |
| 19 | * as the author of the parts of the library used. |
| 20 | * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or |
| 21 | * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| 24 | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| 25 | * are met: |
| 26 | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright |
| 27 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| 28 | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| 29 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
| 30 | * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
| 31 | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software |
| 32 | * must display the following acknowledgement: |
| 33 | * "This product includes cryptographic software written by |
| 34 | * Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)" |
| 35 | * The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library |
| 36 | * being used are not cryptographic related :-). |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | * the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: |
| 39 | * "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)" |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND |
| 42 | * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 43 | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
| 44 | * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE |
| 45 | * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL |
| 46 | * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS |
| 47 | * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| 48 | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT |
| 49 | * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY |
| 50 | * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF |
| 51 | * SUCH DAMAGE. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or |
| 54 | * derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be |
| 55 | * copied and put under another distribution licence |
| 56 | * [including the GNU Public Licence.] |
| 57 | */ |
| 58 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 59 | * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. |
| 60 | * |
| 61 | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| 62 | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| 63 | * are met: |
| 64 | * |
| 65 | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | * |
| 68 | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| 69 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in |
| 70 | * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the |
| 71 | * distribution. |
| 72 | * |
| 73 | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this |
| 74 | * software must display the following acknowledgment: |
| 75 | * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| 76 | * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| 77 | * |
| 78 | * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to |
| 79 | * endorse or promote products derived from this software without |
| 80 | * prior written permission. For written permission, please contact |
| 81 | * openssl-core@openssl.org. |
| 82 | * |
| 83 | * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" |
| 84 | * nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written |
| 85 | * permission of the OpenSSL Project. |
| 86 | * |
| 87 | * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following |
| 88 | * acknowledgment: |
| 89 | * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| 90 | * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| 91 | * |
| 92 | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY |
| 93 | * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 94 | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR |
| 95 | * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR |
| 96 | * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, |
| 97 | * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT |
| 98 | * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; |
| 99 | * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| 100 | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, |
| 101 | * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
| 102 | * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED |
| 103 | * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| 104 | * ==================================================================== |
| 105 | * |
| 106 | * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young |
| 107 | * (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim |
| 108 | * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
| 109 | * |
| 110 | */ |
| 111 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 112 | * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. |
| 115 | */ |
| 116 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 117 | * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. |
| 118 | * |
| 119 | * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by |
| 120 | * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source |
| 121 | * license. |
| 122 | * |
| 123 | * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of |
| 124 | * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites |
| 125 | * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. |
| 126 | * |
| 127 | * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in |
| 128 | * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received |
| 129 | * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. |
| 130 | * |
| 131 | * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not |
| 132 | * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third |
| 133 | * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights |
| 134 | * to make use of the Contribution. |
| 135 | * |
| 136 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN |
| 137 | * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA |
| 138 | * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY |
| 139 | * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR |
| 140 | * OTHERWISE. |
| 141 | */ |
| 142 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
| 144 | #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | |
| 146 | #include <openssl/base.h> |
| 147 | |
| 148 | #include <openssl/bio.h> |
| 149 | #include <openssl/buf.h> |
| 150 | #include <openssl/hmac.h> |
| 151 | #include <openssl/lhash.h> |
| 152 | #include <openssl/pem.h> |
Adam Langley | 0b5e390 | 2015-05-15 13:08:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | #include <openssl/thread.h> |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | #include <openssl/x509.h> |
| 155 | |
David Benjamin | 2e749e8 | 2015-04-07 23:20:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) |
| 157 | #include <sys/time.h> |
| 158 | #endif |
| 159 | |
Adam Langley | c3ef76f | 2015-04-13 14:34:17 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | /* wpa_supplicant expects to get the version functions from ssl.h */ |
| 161 | #include <openssl/crypto.h> |
| 162 | |
David Benjamin | 4d2e7ce | 2015-05-08 13:29:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | /* Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and |
| 164 | * Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. |
| 165 | * However, only a forward declaration is needed. */ |
| 166 | struct timeval; |
| 167 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | #if defined(__cplusplus) |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | extern "C" { |
| 170 | #endif |
| 171 | |
| 172 | |
David Benjamin | 0d8a758 | 2015-04-08 23:55:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | /* SSL implementation. */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | /* Initialization. */ |
| 177 | |
| 178 | /* SSL_library_init initializes the crypto and SSL libraries and returns one. */ |
| 179 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); |
| 180 | |
| 181 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | /* SSL contexts. |
| 183 | * |
| 184 | * |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS |
| 185 | * or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by |
| 186 | * an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. |
| 187 | * |
| 188 | * |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across |
| 189 | * multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s |
| 190 | * configuration may not be used. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | |
| 192 | /* TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS (and SSLv3) connections. */ |
| 193 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); |
| 194 | |
| 195 | /* DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. */ |
| 196 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); |
| 197 | |
| 198 | /* SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | * on error. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); |
| 201 | |
| 202 | /* SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. */ |
| 203 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 204 | |
| 205 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | /* SSL connections. |
| 207 | * |
| 208 | * An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the |
| 209 | * shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be |
| 210 | * used on one thread at a time. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | /* SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new |
| 213 | * connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may |
| 214 | * also be individually configured on the connection. |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | * |
| 216 | * On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call |
| 217 | * |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. */ |
| 218 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 219 | |
| 220 | /* SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. */ |
| 221 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); |
| 222 | |
| 223 | /* SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. */ |
| 224 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); |
| 225 | |
| 226 | /* SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. */ |
| 227 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); |
| 228 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | /* SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero |
| 230 | * otherwise. */ |
| 231 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(SSL *ssl); |
| 232 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | /* SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| |
| 234 | * takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| |
| 235 | * only takes ownership of one reference. |
| 236 | * |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | * In DTLS, if |rbio| is blocking, it must handle |
| 238 | * |BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_NEXT_TIMEOUT| control requests to set read timeouts. |
| 239 | * |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | * Calling this function on an already-configured |ssl| is deprecated. */ |
| 241 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); |
| 242 | |
| 243 | /* SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. */ |
| 244 | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| 245 | |
| 246 | /* SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. */ |
| 247 | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /* SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the |
| 250 | * handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it |
| 251 | * returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to |
| 252 | * determine how to proceed. |
| 253 | * |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | * In DTLS, if the read |BIO| is non-blocking, the caller must drive |
| 255 | * retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error| signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |
| 256 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the current timeout. If it expires before |
| 257 | * the next retry, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake |
| 258 | * retransmissions use fresh sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay |
| 259 | * packets at the transport. |
| 260 | * |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 262 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 263 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); |
| 264 | |
| 265 | /* SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls |
| 266 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
| 267 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); |
| 268 | |
| 269 | /* SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls |
| 270 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
| 271 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); |
| 272 | |
| 273 | /* SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs |
| 274 | * any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| 275 | * returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| 276 | * should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| 277 | * |
| 278 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 279 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 280 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| 281 | |
| 282 | /* SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. */ |
| 283 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| 284 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | /* SSL_pending returns the number of bytes available in |ssl|. It does not read |
| 286 | * from the transport. */ |
| 287 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); |
| 288 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | /* SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs |
| 290 | * any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| 291 | * returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| 292 | * should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| 293 | * |
| 294 | * A non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that a failed |
| 295 | * |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the caller |
| 296 | * must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the |
| 297 | * original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not |
| 298 | * reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with |
| 299 | * |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be |
| 300 | * unchanged. |
| 301 | * |
| 302 | * By default, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes are |
| 303 | * written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It allows |
| 304 | * |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the input was |
| 305 | * written in a single record. |
| 306 | * |
| 307 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 308 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 309 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); |
| 310 | |
| 311 | /* SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. On success, it completes in two stages. First, |
| 312 | * it returns 0 if |ssl| completed uni-directional shutdown; close_notify has |
| 313 | * been sent, but the peer's close_notify has not been received. Most callers |
| 314 | * may stop at this point. For bi-directional shutdown, call |SSL_shutdown| |
| 315 | * again. It returns 1 if close_notify has been both sent and received. |
| 316 | * |
| 317 | * If the peer's close_notify arrived first, the first stage is skipped. |
| 318 | * |SSL_shutdown| will return 1 once close_notify is sent and skip 0. Callers |
| 319 | * only interested in uni-directional shutdown must therefore allow for the |
| 320 | * first stage returning either 0 or 1. |
| 321 | * |
| 322 | * |SSL_shutdown| returns -1 on failure. The caller should pass the return value |
| 323 | * into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. If the underlying |BIO| is |
| 324 | * non-blocking, both stages may require retry. |
| 325 | * |
| 326 | * |SSL_shutdown| must be called to retain |ssl|'s session in the session |
| 327 | * cache. Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| to configure |SSL_shutdown| to |
| 328 | * neither send nor wait for close_notify but still retain the session. |
| 329 | * |
| 330 | * TODO(davidben): Is there any point in the session cache interaction? Remove |
| 331 | * it? */ |
| 332 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); |
| 333 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | /* SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If |
| 335 | * enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one |
| 336 | * from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. */ |
| 337 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /* SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| 340 | * |ctx|. */ |
| 341 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 342 | |
| 343 | /* SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, |
| 344 | * |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the |
| 345 | * peer. It will instead synchronously return one. */ |
| 346 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /* SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| 349 | * |ssl|. */ |
| 350 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
| 351 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | /* SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on |
| 353 | * |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine. */ |
| 354 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); |
| 355 | |
| 356 | /* SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. */ |
| 357 | #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 |
| 358 | |
| 359 | /* SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller |
| 360 | * may inspect the error queue for more information. */ |
| 361 | #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 |
| 362 | |
| 363 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from |
| 364 | * the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | * for reading. |
| 366 | * |
| 367 | * If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call |
| 368 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See |
| 369 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 |
| 371 | |
| 372 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to write to |
| 373 | * the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
| 374 | * for writing. */ |
| 375 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 |
| 376 | |
| 377 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the |
| 378 | * |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the |
| 379 | * callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured |
| 380 | * externally. |
| 381 | * |
| 382 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. */ |
| 383 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 |
| 384 | |
| 385 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the |
| 386 | * library. The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This |
| 387 | * is typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It |
| 388 | * may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the |
| 389 | * operation's return value will be zero. */ |
| 390 | #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 |
| 391 | |
| 392 | /* SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection |
| 393 | * was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. */ |
| 394 | #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 |
| 395 | |
| 396 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect |
| 397 | * the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the |
| 398 | * operation when the transport is ready. */ |
| 399 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 |
| 400 | |
| 401 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a |
| 402 | * connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The |
| 403 | * caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. |
| 404 | * |
| 405 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. */ |
| 406 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 |
| 407 | |
| 408 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed looking up |
| 409 | * the Channel ID key. The caller may retry the operation when |channel_id_cb| |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | * is ready to return a key or one has been configured with |
| 411 | * |SSL_set1_tls_channel_id|. |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | * |
| 413 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb|. */ |
| 414 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /* SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session |
| 417 | * lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry |
| 418 | * the operation when lookup has completed. |
| 419 | * |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | * See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /* SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the |
| 424 | * early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may |
| 425 | * retry the operation when lookup has completed. Note: when the operation is |
| 426 | * retried, the early callback will not be called a second time. |
| 427 | * |
David Benjamin | d4c2bce | 2015-10-17 12:28:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame^] | 428 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 |
| 430 | |
| 431 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because |
| 432 | * a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation |
| 433 | * when the private key operation is complete. |
| 434 | * |
| 435 | * See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|. */ |
| 436 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 |
| 437 | |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | /* SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success |
| 439 | * and zero on failure. */ |
| 440 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /* DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a |
| 443 | * timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one. |
| 444 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| 445 | * |
| 446 | * When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the |
| 447 | * retransmit behavior. |
| 448 | * |
| 449 | * NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state |
| 450 | * machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. */ |
| 451 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); |
| 452 | |
| 453 | /* DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no |
| 454 | * timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous |
| 455 | * flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired |
| 456 | * without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1. |
| 457 | * |
| 458 | * NOTE: The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| |
| 459 | * queries within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but |
| 460 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. |
| 461 | * |
| 462 | * WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. */ |
| 463 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); |
| 464 | |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | /* Protocol versions. */ |
| 467 | |
David Benjamin | b8d28cf | 2015-07-28 21:34:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 |
| 470 | |
| 471 | #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 |
| 472 | #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 |
| 473 | #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 |
| 474 | #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 |
| 475 | |
| 476 | #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff |
| 477 | #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd |
| 478 | |
| 479 | /* SSL_CTX_set_min_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| 480 | * |version|. */ |
| 481 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_min_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t version); |
| 482 | |
| 483 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| 484 | * |version|. */ |
| 485 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t version); |
| 486 | |
| 487 | /* SSL_set_min_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| 488 | * |version|. */ |
| 489 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_min_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| 490 | |
| 491 | /* SSL_set_max_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| 492 | * |version|. */ |
| 493 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| 494 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | /* SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is |
| 496 | * one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version |
| 497 | * is negotiated, the result is undefined. */ |
| 498 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| 499 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | |
| 501 | /* Options. |
| 502 | * |
| 503 | * Options configure protocol behavior. */ |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT allows initial connections to servers that don't |
| 506 | * support the renegotiation_info extension (RFC 5746). It is on by default. */ |
| 507 | #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0x00000004L |
| 508 | |
| 509 | /* SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER allows for record sizes |SSL3_RT_MAX_EXTRA| |
| 510 | * bytes above the maximum record size. */ |
| 511 | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0x00000020L |
| 512 | |
| 513 | /* SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG accepts an RSAClientKeyExchange in TLS encoded as in SSL3 |
| 514 | * (i.e. without a length prefix). */ |
| 515 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0x00000100L |
| 516 | |
| 517 | /* SSL_OP_ALL enables the above bug workarounds that are enabled by many |
| 518 | * consumers. |
| 519 | * TODO(davidben): Determine which of the remaining may be removed now. */ |
| 520 | #define SSL_OP_ALL 0x00000BFFL |
| 521 | |
| 522 | /* SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying |
| 523 | * |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. */ |
| 524 | #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L |
| 525 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | /* SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). */ |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L |
| 528 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | /* SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and |
| 530 | * ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the |
| 531 | * client's. */ |
| 532 | #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L |
| 533 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | /* SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| 535 | * or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 536 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 537 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| 538 | |
| 539 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be |
| 540 | * one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 541 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 542 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all |
| 545 | * the options enabled for |ctx|. */ |
| 546 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 547 | |
| 548 | /* SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or |
| 549 | * more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 550 | * representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 551 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| 552 | |
| 553 | /* SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| 554 | * or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a |
| 555 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 556 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| 557 | |
| 558 | /* SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the |
| 559 | * options enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 560 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); |
| 561 | |
| 562 | |
| 563 | /* Modes. |
| 564 | * |
| 565 | * Modes configure API behavior. */ |
| 566 | |
| 567 | /* SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial |
| 568 | * result when the only part of the input was written in a single record. */ |
| 569 | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /* SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER allows retrying an incomplete |SSL_write| |
| 572 | * with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the buffer |
| 573 | * contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the misconception |
| 574 | * that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking |write|. */ |
| 575 | #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L |
| 576 | |
| 577 | /* SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain |
| 578 | * before sending certificates to the peer. |
| 579 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/486295. */ |
| 580 | #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L |
| 581 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | /* SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before |
| 583 | * receipt of CCS and Finished. This mode enables full-handshakes to 'complete' |
| 584 | * in one RTT. See draft-bmoeller-tls-falsestart-01. */ |
| 585 | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L |
| 586 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | /* SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in SSL 3.0 and |
| 588 | * TLS 1.0 to be split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and |
| 589 | * the second will contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and |
| 590 | * prevents BEAST attacks. */ |
| 591 | #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L |
| 592 | |
| 593 | /* SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to |
| 594 | * fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that |
| 595 | * session resumption is used for a given SSL*. */ |
| 596 | #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L |
| 597 | |
| 598 | /* SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. |
| 599 | * To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol |
David Benjamin | 229adfb | 2015-07-25 15:08:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | * version; see RFC 7507 for details. |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | * |
| 602 | * DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use |
David Benjamin | 229adfb | 2015-07-25 15:08:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | * this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. */ |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L |
| 605 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | /* SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| 607 | * of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask |
| 608 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 609 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| 610 | |
| 611 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or |
| 612 | * more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 613 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 614 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| 615 | |
| 616 | /* SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all |
| 617 | * the modes enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 618 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 619 | |
| 620 | /* SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of |
| 621 | * the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 622 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 623 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /* SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| 626 | * of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 627 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 628 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| 629 | |
| 630 | /* SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the |
| 631 | * modes enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 632 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| 633 | |
| 634 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | /* Configuring certificates and private keys. |
| 636 | * |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | * These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and |
| 638 | * certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on |
| 639 | * the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates |
| 640 | * use these functions. |
| 641 | * |
| 642 | * Certificates and keys may be configured before the handshake or dynamically |
| 643 | * in the early callback and certificate callback. */ |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | /* SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns |
| 646 | * one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 647 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 648 | |
| 649 | /* SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one |
| 650 | * on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 651 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 652 | |
| 653 | /* SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| 654 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 655 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| 656 | |
| 657 | /* SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| 658 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 659 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| 660 | |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | /* SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 662 | * |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| 663 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 664 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 665 | |
| 666 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 667 | * |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| 668 | * ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. */ |
| 669 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 670 | |
| 671 | /* SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 672 | * |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| 673 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 674 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /* SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 677 | * |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| 678 | * ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. */ |
| 679 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 680 | |
| 681 | /* SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On |
| 682 | * success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns |
| 683 | * zero. */ |
| 684 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /* SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It |
| 687 | * returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |
| 688 | * |x509| and may release it freely. */ |
| 689 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 690 | |
| 691 | /* SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, |
| 692 | * it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 693 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /* SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. */ |
| 696 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /* SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns |
| 699 | * one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| |
| 700 | * and may release it freely. */ |
| 701 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 702 | |
| 703 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns |
| 704 | * one. */ |
| 705 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 706 | |
| 707 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. */ |
| 708 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 709 | |
| 710 | /* SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. */ |
| 711 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); |
| 712 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. |
| 714 | * The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| 715 | * number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 717 | * |
| 718 | * On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 719 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| 720 | * request. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 722 | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| 723 | void *arg); |
| 724 | |
| 725 | /* SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The |
| 726 | * callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| 727 | * number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 729 | * |
| 730 | * On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 731 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| 732 | * request. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| 734 | void *arg); |
| 735 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | /* SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array |
| 737 | * containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the |
| 738 | * length of the array. |
| 739 | * |
| 740 | * The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by |
| 741 | * by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the |
| 742 | * handshake is paused because of them. */ |
| 743 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(SSL *ssl, |
| 744 | const uint8_t **out_types); |
| 745 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | /* SSL_certs_clear resets the private key, leaf certificate, and certificate |
| 747 | * chain of |ssl|. */ |
| 748 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /* SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key |
| 751 | * configured in |ctx| are consistent and zero otherwise. */ |
| 752 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 753 | |
| 754 | /* SSL_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key |
| 755 | * configured in |ssl| are consistent and zero otherwise. */ |
| 756 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); |
| 757 | |
| 758 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. */ |
| 759 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 760 | |
| 761 | /* SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. */ |
| 762 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| 763 | |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. */ |
| 765 | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /* SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. */ |
| 768 | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); |
| 769 | |
| 770 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and |
| 771 | * returns one. */ |
| 772 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 773 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 774 | |
| 775 | /* SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. */ |
| 776 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 777 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 778 | |
| 779 | /* SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and |
| 780 | * returns one. */ |
| 781 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, |
| 782 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 783 | |
Paul Lietar | 4fac72e | 2015-09-09 13:44:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | /* SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate |
| 785 | * timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must |
| 786 | * contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp |
| 787 | * List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT |
| 788 | * is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or |
| 789 | * more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It |
| 790 | * returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| 791 | * |list|. */ |
| 792 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 793 | const uint8_t *list, |
| 794 | size_t list_len); |
| 795 | |
Paul Lietar | aeeff2c | 2015-08-12 11:47:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | /* SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP reponse that is sent to clients |
| 797 | * which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller |
| 798 | * retains ownership of |response|. */ |
| 799 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 800 | const uint8_t *response, |
| 801 | size_t response_len); |
| 802 | |
Steven Valdez | 0d62f26 | 2015-09-04 12:41:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | /* SSL_set_private_key_digest_prefs copies |num_digests| NIDs from |digest_nids| |
| 804 | * into |ssl|. These digests will be used, in decreasing order of preference, |
| 805 | * when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 806 | * error. */ |
| 807 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_private_key_digest_prefs(SSL *ssl, |
| 808 | const int *digest_nids, |
| 809 | size_t num_digests); |
| 810 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | |
| 812 | /* Certificate and private key convenience functions. */ |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /* SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one |
| 815 | * on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 816 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); |
| 817 | |
| 818 | /* SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on |
| 819 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 820 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); |
| 821 | |
| 822 | /* The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| 823 | * input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on |
| 824 | * failure. */ |
| 825 | |
| 826 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, int len, |
| 827 | const uint8_t *d); |
| 828 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| 829 | int len); |
| 830 | |
| 831 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 832 | const uint8_t *d, long len); |
| 833 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, |
| 834 | const uint8_t *d, long len); |
| 835 | |
| 836 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
David Benjamin | 74f7110 | 2015-06-27 14:56:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | const uint8_t *der, |
| 838 | size_t der_len); |
| 839 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| 840 | size_t der_len); |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | |
| 842 | /* The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| 843 | * input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The |
| 844 | * |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether |
| 845 | * the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. */ |
| 846 | |
| 847 | #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 X509_FILETYPE_ASN1 |
| 848 | #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM X509_FILETYPE_PEM |
| 849 | |
| 850 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 851 | const char *file, |
| 852 | int type); |
| 853 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 854 | int type); |
| 855 | |
| 856 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| 857 | int type); |
| 858 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 859 | int type); |
| 860 | |
| 861 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| 862 | int type); |
| 863 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 864 | int type); |
| 865 | |
Adam Langley | c8e664b | 2015-09-24 14:48:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | /* SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It |
| 867 | * reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed |
| 868 | * optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on |
| 869 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 871 | const char *file); |
| 872 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based |
| 874 | * convenience functions called on |ctx|. */ |
| 875 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 876 | pem_password_cb *cb); |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for |
| 879 | * |ctx|'s password callback. */ |
| 880 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 881 | void *data); |
| 882 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | |
| 884 | /* Custom private keys. */ |
| 885 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t { |
| 887 | ssl_private_key_success, |
| 888 | ssl_private_key_retry, |
| 889 | ssl_private_key_failure, |
| 890 | }; |
| 891 | |
| 892 | /* SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD describes private key hooks. This is used to off-load |
| 893 | * signing operations to a custom, potentially asynchronous, backend. */ |
| 894 | typedef struct ssl_private_key_method_st { |
| 895 | /* type returns either |EVP_PKEY_RSA| or |EVP_PKEY_EC| to denote the type of |
| 896 | * key used by |ssl|. */ |
| 897 | int (*type)(SSL *ssl); |
| 898 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | /* max_signature_len returns the maximum length of a signature signed by the |
| 900 | * key used by |ssl|. This must be a constant value for a given |ssl|. */ |
| 901 | size_t (*max_signature_len)(SSL *ssl); |
| 902 | |
| 903 | /* sign signs |in_len| bytes of digest from |in|. |md| is the hash function |
| 904 | * used to calculate |in|. On success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| |
| 905 | * and writes at most |max_out| bytes of signature data to |out|. On failure, |
| 906 | * it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation has not completed, |
| 907 | * it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should arrange for the |
| 908 | * high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the operation is |
| 909 | * completed. This will result in a call to |sign_complete|. |
| 910 | * |
| 911 | * If the key is an RSA key, implementations must use PKCS#1 padding. |in| is |
| 912 | * the digest itself, so the DigestInfo prefix, if any, must be prepended by |
| 913 | * |sign|. If |md| is |EVP_md5_sha1|, there is no prefix. |
| 914 | * |
| 915 | * It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in |
| 916 | * progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 917 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, |
| 918 | size_t max_out, const EVP_MD *md, |
| 919 | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| 920 | |
| 921 | /* sign_complete completes a pending |sign| operation. If the operation has |
| 922 | * completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |
| 923 | * |out| as in |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on |
| 924 | * failure and |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. |
| 925 | * |
| 926 | * |sign_complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but |
| 927 | * it is an error to call |sign_complete| if there is no pending |sign| |
| 928 | * operation in progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 929 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign_complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 930 | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); |
| 931 | } SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD; |
| 932 | |
Steven Valdez | 0d62f26 | 2015-09-04 12:41:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | /* SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. |
David Benjamin | d1d8078 | 2015-07-05 11:54:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | * |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. */ |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( |
| 936 | SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); |
| 937 | |
| 938 | |
David Benjamin | df6a3f8 | 2015-09-20 12:18:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | /* Cipher suites. |
| 940 | * |
| 941 | * |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. */ |
| 942 | |
| 943 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) |
| 944 | |
| 945 | /* SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher |
| 946 | * suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See |
| 947 | * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. */ |
| 948 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); |
| 949 | |
| 950 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s id. It may be cast to a |uint16_t| to |
| 951 | * get the cipher suite value. */ |
| 952 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 953 | |
| 954 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_AES returns one if |cipher| uses AES (either GCM or CBC |
| 955 | * mode). */ |
| 956 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_AES(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 957 | |
| 958 | /* SSL_CIPHER_has_MD5_HMAC returns one if |cipher| uses HMAC-MD5. */ |
| 959 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_has_MD5_HMAC(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 960 | |
| 961 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_AESGCM returns one if |cipher| uses AES-GCM. */ |
| 962 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_AESGCM(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 963 | |
| 964 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_CHACHA20POLY1305 returns one if |cipher| uses |
| 965 | * CHACHA20_POLY1305. */ |
| 966 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_CHACHA20POLY1305(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 967 | |
| 968 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_NULL returns one if |cipher| does not encrypt. */ |
| 969 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_NULL(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 970 | |
| 971 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_RC4 returns one if |cipher| uses RC4. */ |
| 972 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_RC4(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 973 | |
| 974 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. */ |
| 975 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 976 | |
| 977 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. */ |
| 978 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 979 | |
| 980 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange |
| 981 | * method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". */ |
| 982 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 983 | |
| 984 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name returns a newly-allocated string with the standard |
| 985 | * name for |cipher| or NULL on error. For example, |
| 986 | * "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". The caller is responsible for |
| 987 | * calling |OPENSSL_free| on the result. */ |
| 988 | OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 989 | |
| 990 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If |
| 991 | * |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the |
| 992 | * symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. */ |
| 993 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| 994 | int *out_alg_bits); |
| 995 | |
| 996 | |
David Benjamin | 32876b3 | 2015-09-20 12:17:03 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | /* Cipher suite configuration. |
| 998 | * |
| 999 | * OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language |
| 1000 | * maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of |
| 1001 | * disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a |
| 1002 | * default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of |
| 1003 | * directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. |
| 1004 | * |
| 1005 | * Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a |
| 1006 | * selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. |
| 1007 | * |
| 1008 | * Available opcodes are: |
| 1009 | * |
| 1010 | * The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the |
| 1011 | * end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to |
| 1012 | * each other matching their order in the disabled list. |
| 1013 | * |
| 1014 | * |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled |
| 1015 | * list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the |
| 1016 | * most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other |
| 1017 | * disabled ciphers if re-enabled. |
| 1018 | * |
| 1019 | * |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with |
| 1020 | * relative order preserved. |
| 1021 | * |
| 1022 | * |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted |
| 1023 | * ciphers will not matched by future operations. |
| 1024 | * |
| 1025 | * A selector may be a specific cipher (using the OpenSSL name for the cipher) |
| 1026 | * or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final selector matches the |
| 1027 | * intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| matches |
| 1028 | * ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. |
| 1029 | * |
| 1030 | * Available cipher rules are: |
| 1031 | * |
| 1032 | * |ALL| matches all ciphers. |
| 1033 | * |
| 1034 | * |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, |
| 1035 | * ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is |
| 1036 | * matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. |
| 1037 | * |
| 1038 | * |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and |
| 1039 | * a pre-shared key, respectively. |
| 1040 | * |
| 1041 | * |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the |
| 1042 | * corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not |
| 1043 | * |aRSA|. |
| 1044 | * |
| 1045 | * |3DES|, |RC4|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match |
| 1046 | * ciphers whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note |
| 1047 | * that |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. |
| 1048 | * |
| 1049 | * |MD5|, |SHA1|, |SHA256|, and |SHA384| match legacy cipher suites using the |
| 1050 | * corresponding hash function in their MAC. AEADs are matched by none of |
| 1051 | * these. |
| 1052 | * |
| 1053 | * |SHA| is an alias for |SHA1|. |
| 1054 | * |
| 1055 | * Although implemented, authentication-only ciphers match no rules and must be |
| 1056 | * explicitly selected by name. |
| 1057 | * |
| 1058 | * Deprecated cipher rules: |
| 1059 | * |
| 1060 | * |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, |
| 1061 | * |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. |
| 1062 | * |
| 1063 | * |MEDIUM| and |HIGH| match ciphers historically labeled by OpenSSL as |
| 1064 | * 'medium' and 'high', respectively. |
| 1065 | * |
| 1066 | * |FIPS| matches ciphers historically FIPS-approved in OpenSSL. |
| 1067 | * |
| 1068 | * |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. |
| 1069 | * |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not |
| 1070 | * be used. |
| 1071 | * |
| 1072 | * Unknown rules silently match nothing. |
| 1073 | * |
| 1074 | * The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. |
| 1075 | * |
| 1076 | * The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands |
| 1077 | * to the default ordering of available ciphers. |
| 1078 | * |
| 1079 | * If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to |
| 1080 | * partially respect the client's preferences when |
| 1081 | * |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference |
| 1082 | * group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to |
| 1083 | * enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 |
| 1084 | * based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square |
| 1085 | * brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: |
| 1086 | * |
| 1087 | * [ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305|ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256] |
| 1088 | * |
| 1089 | * Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be |
| 1090 | * opcode-less. */ |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | /* SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is |
| 1093 | * substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. */ |
| 1094 | #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating |
| 1097 | * |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 1098 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the TLS 1.0+ cipher list for |ctx|, |
| 1101 | * evaluating |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1102 | * failure. If set, servers will use this cipher suite list for TLS 1.0 or |
| 1103 | * higher. */ |
| 1104 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls10(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the TLS 1.1+ cipher list for |ctx|, |
| 1107 | * evaluating |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1108 | * failure. If set, servers will use this cipher suite list for TLS 1.1 or |
| 1109 | * higher. */ |
| 1110 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls11(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | /* SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as |
| 1113 | * a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 1114 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /* SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. If |
| 1117 | * |SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls10| or |SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls11| has been |
| 1118 | * used, the corresponding list for the current version is returned. */ |
| 1119 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | /* Connection information. */ |
| 1123 | |
David Benjamin | ee0c827 | 2015-09-13 01:03:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | /* SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the |
| 1125 | * peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the |
| 1126 | * result to release it. */ |
| 1127 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | /* SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if |
| 1130 | * unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. For historical reasons, |
| 1131 | * this may not be available if resuming a serialized |SSL_SESSION|. The caller |
| 1132 | * does not take ownership of the result. |
| 1133 | * |
| 1134 | * WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If |
| 1135 | * |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. |
| 1136 | * If a client, it does. */ |
| 1137 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1138 | |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | /* SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |
| 1140 | * |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if |
| 1141 | * |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList |
| 1142 | * (including the two leading length bytes). |
| 1143 | * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 |
| 1144 | * If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. |
| 1145 | * |
| 1146 | * WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. */ |
| 1147 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, |
| 1148 | const uint8_t **out, |
| 1149 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | /* SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| |
| 1152 | * bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an |
| 1153 | * OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. |
| 1154 | * |
| 1155 | * WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. */ |
| 1156 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, |
| 1157 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1158 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | /* SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value |
| 1160 | * for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It |
| 1161 | * returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at |
| 1162 | * least 12. |
| 1163 | * |
| 1164 | * This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. |
| 1165 | * The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since |
| 1166 | * renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level |
| 1167 | * protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the |
| 1168 | * tls-unique value can be read. |
| 1169 | * |
| 1170 | * The tls-unique value is defined by |
| 1171 | * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the |
| 1172 | * TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the |
| 1173 | * Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will |
| 1174 | * return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when |
| 1175 | * negotiating the original session. */ |
| 1176 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 1177 | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); |
| 1178 | |
Matt Braithwaite | cd6f54b | 2015-09-17 12:54:42 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | /* SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret |
| 1180 | * extension was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 1181 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1182 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | /* SSL_get_current_cipher returns the cipher used in the current outgoing |
| 1184 | * connection state, or NULL if the null cipher is active. */ |
| 1185 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | /* SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake |
| 1188 | * and zero otherwise. |
| 1189 | * |
| 1190 | * TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, |
| 1191 | * initial or renego, is in progress. */ |
| 1192 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | /* SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure |
| 1195 | * renegotiation (RFC 5746) and zero otherwise. */ |
| 1196 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1197 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | |
Adam Langley | 0950563 | 2015-07-30 18:10:13 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | /* Custom extensions. |
| 1200 | * |
| 1201 | * The custom extension functions allow TLS extensions to be added to |
| 1202 | * ClientHello and ServerHello messages. */ |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | /* SSL_custom_ext_add_cb is a callback function that is called when the |
| 1205 | * ClientHello (for clients) or ServerHello (for servers) is constructed. In |
| 1206 | * the case of a server, this callback will only be called for a given |
| 1207 | * extension if the ClientHello contained that extension – it's not possible to |
| 1208 | * inject extensions into a ServerHello that the client didn't request. |
| 1209 | * |
| 1210 | * When called, |extension_value| will contain the extension number that is |
| 1211 | * being considered for addition (so that a single callback can handle multiple |
| 1212 | * extensions). If the callback wishes to include the extension, it must set |
| 1213 | * |*out| to point to |*out_len| bytes of extension contents and return one. In |
| 1214 | * this case, the corresponding |SSL_custom_ext_free_cb| callback will later be |
| 1215 | * called with the value of |*out| once that data has been copied. |
| 1216 | * |
| 1217 | * If the callback does not wish to add an extension it must return zero. |
| 1218 | * |
| 1219 | * Alternatively, the callback can abort the connection by setting |
| 1220 | * |*out_alert_value| to a TLS alert number and returning -1. */ |
| 1221 | typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_add_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1222 | const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, |
| 1223 | int *out_alert_value, void *add_arg); |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | /* SSL_custom_ext_free_cb is a callback function that is called by OpenSSL iff |
| 1226 | * an |SSL_custom_ext_add_cb| callback previously returned one. In that case, |
| 1227 | * this callback is called and passed the |out| pointer that was returned by |
| 1228 | * the add callback. This is to free any dynamically allocated data created by |
| 1229 | * the add callback. */ |
| 1230 | typedef void (*SSL_custom_ext_free_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1231 | const uint8_t *out, void *add_arg); |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | /* SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb is a callback function that is called by OpenSSL to |
| 1234 | * parse an extension from the peer: that is from the ServerHello for a client |
| 1235 | * and from the ClientHello for a server. |
| 1236 | * |
| 1237 | * When called, |extension_value| will contain the extension number and the |
| 1238 | * contents of the extension are |contents_len| bytes at |contents|. |
| 1239 | * |
| 1240 | * The callback must return one to continue the handshake. Otherwise, if it |
| 1241 | * returns zero, a fatal alert with value |*out_alert_value| is sent and the |
| 1242 | * handshake is aborted. */ |
| 1243 | typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1244 | const uint8_t *contents, |
| 1245 | size_t contents_len, |
| 1246 | int *out_alert_value, void *parse_arg); |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | /* SSL_extension_supported returns one iff OpenSSL internally handles |
| 1249 | * extensions of type |extension_value|. This can be used to avoid registering |
| 1250 | * custom extension handlers for extensions that a future version of OpenSSL |
| 1251 | * may handle internally. */ |
| 1252 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_extension_supported(unsigned extension_value); |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | /* SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext registers callback functions for handling |
| 1255 | * custom TLS extensions for client connections. |
| 1256 | * |
| 1257 | * If |add_cb| is NULL then an empty extension will be added in each |
| 1258 | * ClientHello. Otherwise, see the comment for |SSL_custom_ext_add_cb| about |
| 1259 | * this callback. |
| 1260 | * |
| 1261 | * The |free_cb| may be NULL if |add_cb| doesn't dynamically allocate data that |
| 1262 | * needs to be freed. |
| 1263 | * |
| 1264 | * It returns one on success or zero on error. It's always an error to register |
| 1265 | * callbacks for the same extension twice, or to register callbacks for an |
| 1266 | * extension that OpenSSL handles internally. See |SSL_extension_supported| to |
| 1267 | * discover, at runtime, which extensions OpenSSL handles internally. */ |
| 1268 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext( |
| 1269 | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned extension_value, SSL_custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, |
| 1270 | SSL_custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, void *add_arg, |
| 1271 | SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, void *parse_arg); |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | /* SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext is the same as |
| 1274 | * |SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext|, but for server connections. |
| 1275 | * |
| 1276 | * Unlike on the client side, if |add_cb| is NULL no extension will be added. |
| 1277 | * The |add_cb|, if any, will only be called if the ClientHello contained a |
| 1278 | * matching extension. */ |
| 1279 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext( |
| 1280 | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned extension_value, SSL_custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, |
| 1281 | SSL_custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, void *add_arg, |
| 1282 | SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, void *parse_arg); |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | /* Sessions. |
| 1286 | * |
| 1287 | * An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an |
| 1288 | * abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once |
| 1289 | * established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on |
| 1290 | * different threads and must not be modified. */ |
| 1291 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | DECLARE_LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) |
| 1293 | |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | /* SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on |
| 1295 | * error. This may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not be |
| 1296 | * used outside the library. */ |
| 1297 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(void); |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | /* SSL_SESSION_up_ref, if |session| is not NULL, increments the reference count |
| 1300 | * of |session|. It then returns |session|. */ |
| 1301 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | /* SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches |
| 1304 | * zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. */ |
| 1305 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | /* SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets |
| 1308 | * |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes |
| 1309 | * ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns |
| 1310 | * one on success and zero on error. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
| 1312 | uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | |
| 1314 | /* SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session |
| 1315 | * identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | uint8_t **out_data, |
| 1318 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /* SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It |
| 1321 | * returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. */ |
| 1322 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes(const uint8_t *in, |
| 1323 | size_t in_len); |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version |session| |
| 1326 | * was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "SSLv3". */ |
| 1327 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containg |session|'s session |
| 1330 | * ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. */ |
| 1331 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 1332 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in |
| 1335 | * seconds since the UNIX epoch. */ |
| 1336 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. */ |
| 1339 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info returns a value that describes the |
| 1342 | * strength of the asymmetric operation that provides confidentiality to |
| 1343 | * |session|. Its interpretation depends on the operation used. See the |
| 1344 | * documentation for this value in the |SSL_SESSION| structure. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info( |
| 1346 | const SSL_SESSION *session); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | |
| 1348 | /* SSL_SESSION_get0_peer return's the peer leaf certificate stored in |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | * |session|. |
| 1350 | * |
| 1351 | * TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. */ |
| 1352 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | |
| 1354 | /* SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns |
| 1355 | * |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| 1356 | * be used. */ |
| 1357 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, long time); |
| 1358 | |
Adam Langley | c8e664b | 2015-09-24 14:48:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | /* SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns |
| 1360 | * one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| 1361 | * be used. */ |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, long timeout); |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | /* SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see |
| 1365 | * |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and |
| 1366 | * zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise |
| 1367 | * should not be used. */ |
| 1368 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 1369 | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1370 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | /* Session caching. |
| 1374 | * |
| 1375 | * Session caching allows clients to reconnect to a server based on saved |
| 1376 | * parameters from a previous connection. |
| 1377 | * |
| 1378 | * For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an |
| 1379 | * in-memory hash table. One may also register callbacks to implement a custom |
| 1380 | * external session cache. An external cache may be used in addition to or |
| 1381 | * instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to toggle |
| 1382 | * the internal cache. |
| 1383 | * |
| 1384 | * For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Prior to |
| 1385 | * handshaking, the consumer should look up a session externally (keyed, for |
| 1386 | * instance, by hostname) and use |SSL_set_session| to configure which session |
| 1387 | * to offer. The callbacks may be used to determine when new sessions are |
| 1388 | * available. |
| 1389 | * |
| 1390 | * Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits most parameter |
| 1391 | * negotiation. Resuming sessions across different configurations may result in |
| 1392 | * surprising behavor. So, for instance, a client implementing a version |
| 1393 | * fallback should shard its session cache by maximum protocol version. */ |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. */ |
| 1396 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. |
| 1399 | * |
| 1400 | * TODO(davidben): The internal cache is useless on the client. Always act as if |
| 1401 | * SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL is set. https://crbug.com/531194. Also see TODO |
| 1402 | * attached to |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. */ |
| 1403 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. */ |
| 1406 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for both client and server. */ |
| 1409 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling |
| 1412 | * |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. */ |
| 1413 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP disables looking up a session from the |
| 1416 | * internal session cache. */ |
| 1417 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE disables storing sessions in the internal |
| 1420 | * session cache. */ |
| 1421 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL disables the internal session cache. */ |
| 1424 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ |
| 1425 | (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | /* SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to |
| 1428 | * |mode|. It returns the previous value. */ |
| 1429 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | /* SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for |
| 1432 | * |ctx| */ |
| 1433 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1434 | |
David Benjamin | 43a58ad | 2015-09-24 23:56:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | /* SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| |
| 1436 | * in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of |
| 1437 | * |session|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /* SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. Prior to the |
| 1441 | * initial handshake beginning, this is the session to be offered, set by |
| 1442 | * |SSL_set_session|. After a handshake has finished, this is the currently |
| 1443 | * active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is progress. */ |
| 1444 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | /* SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. */ |
| 1447 | #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | /* SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to |
| 1450 | * the session. */ |
| 1451 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); |
| 1452 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | /* SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a |
| 1454 | * session. */ |
| 1455 | #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | /* SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of sessions created in |
| 1458 | * |ctx| to |timeout|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, long timeout); |
| 1460 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | /* SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of sessions created in |
| 1462 | * |ctx|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | /* SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. |
| 1466 | * It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an |
| 1467 | * application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a |
| 1468 | * connection without a matching session ID context. |
| 1469 | * |
| 1470 | * For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a |
| 1471 | * session ID context. |
| 1472 | * |
| 1473 | * TODO(davidben): Is that check needed? That seems a special case of taking |
| 1474 | * care not to cross-resume across configuration changes, and this is only |
| 1475 | * relevant if a server requires client auth. */ |
| 1476 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1477 | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1478 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | /* SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It |
| 1481 | * returns one on success and zero on error. See also |
| 1482 | * |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. */ |
| 1483 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1484 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1485 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | /* SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session |
| 1487 | * cache. */ |
| 1488 | #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) |
| 1489 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session |
| 1491 | * cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. */ |
| 1492 | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1493 | unsigned long size); |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal |
| 1496 | * session cache. */ |
| 1497 | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | /* SSL_CTX_sessions returns |ctx|'s internal session cache. */ |
| 1500 | OPENSSL_EXPORT LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal |
| 1503 | * session cache. */ |
| 1504 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | /* SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It |
| 1507 | * returns one on success and zero on error or if |ctx| already included a |
| 1508 | * session with that session ID. The caller retains its reference to |
| 1509 | * |session|. */ |
| 1510 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | /* SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. |
| 1513 | * It returns one on success and zero on error or if no session with a matching |
| 1514 | * ID was found. */ |
| 1515 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | /* SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as |
| 1518 | * of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. */ |
| 1519 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, long time); |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is |
| 1522 | * established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the |
| 1523 | * appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is |
| 1524 | * unset), the callback is not called. |
| 1525 | * |
| 1526 | * The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes |
| 1527 | * ownership and zero otherwise. |
| 1528 | * |
| 1529 | * Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a |
| 1530 | * ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after |
| 1531 | * |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus |
| 1532 | * it's recommended to use this callback over checking |SSL_session_reused| on |
| 1533 | * handshake completion. |
| 1534 | * |
| 1535 | * TODO(davidben): Conditioning callbacks on |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |
| 1536 | * |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| doesn't make any sense when one could just as easily |
| 1537 | * not supply the callbacks. Removing that condition and the client internal |
| 1538 | * cache would simplify things. */ |
| 1539 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( |
| 1540 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1543 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. */ |
| 1544 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1545 | SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is |
| 1548 | * removed from the internal session cache. |
| 1549 | * |
| 1550 | * TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it |
| 1551 | * only fires on sessions in the internal cache. */ |
| 1552 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( |
| 1553 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1554 | void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1557 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. */ |
| 1558 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1559 | SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a |
| 1562 | * server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching |
| 1563 | * |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and |
| 1564 | * return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a |
| 1565 | * client. |
| 1566 | * |
| 1567 | * For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL |
| 1568 | * library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting |
| 1569 | * the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If |
| 1570 | * |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be |
| 1571 | * removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, |
| 1572 | * whereas the callback may synchronize internally. |
| 1573 | * |
| 1574 | * To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return |
| 1575 | * |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and |
| 1576 | * |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. |
| 1577 | * |
| 1578 | * If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if |
David Benjamin | b735b1b | 2015-10-07 09:36:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | * the internal cache does not return a match. |
| 1580 | * |
| 1581 | * The callback's |id| parameter is not const for historical reasons, but the |
| 1582 | * contents may not be modified. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( |
| 1584 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1585 | SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *id, int id_len, |
| 1586 | int *out_copy)); |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1589 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. */ |
| 1590 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1591 | SSL *ssl, uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /* SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates |
| 1594 | * that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then |
| 1595 | * return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later |
| 1596 | * when the lookup has completed. */ |
| 1597 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | /* GEN_SESSION_CB is a callback to generate session IDs for |ssl|. It returns |
| 1600 | * one on success and zero on error. On success, the generated ID is written to |
| 1601 | * |id| and |*id_len| set to the length. On entry, |*id_len| is the maximum |
| 1602 | * length of the ID, but the callback may shorten it if desired. It is an error |
| 1603 | * for the callback to set the size to zero. |
| 1604 | * |
| 1605 | * Callbacks may use |SSL_has_matching_session_id| to check that the generated |
| 1606 | * ID is unique. */ |
| 1607 | typedef int (*GEN_SESSION_CB)(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *id, unsigned *id_len); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id sets the session ID callback of |ctx| to |
| 1610 | * |cb| and returns one. It will be called on the server when establishing a new |
| 1611 | * session. */ |
| 1612 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1613 | GEN_SESSION_CB cb); |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | /* SSL_set_generate_session_id sets the session ID callback of |ssl| to |cb| and |
| 1616 | * returns one. It will be called on the server when establishing a new |
| 1617 | * session. */ |
| 1618 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_generate_session_id(SSL *ssl, GEN_SESSION_CB cb); |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | /* SSL_has_matching_session_id returns one if |ssl|'s session cache has a |
| 1621 | * session of value |id| and zero otherwise. */ |
| 1622 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_matching_session_id(const SSL *ssl, |
| 1623 | const uint8_t *id, |
| 1624 | unsigned id_len); |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | /* Session tickets. |
| 1628 | * |
| 1629 | * Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side |
| 1630 | * state. Session tickets are supported in by default but may be disabled with |
| 1631 | * |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. |
| 1632 | * |
| 1633 | * On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. |
| 1634 | * Callers do not need to handle them differently. |
| 1635 | * |
| 1636 | * On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. By |
| 1637 | * default, an |SSL_CTX| generates a key on creation. Tickets are minted and |
| 1638 | * processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure a |
| 1639 | * persistent key or implement more custom behavior. */ |
David Benjamin | daeafc2 | 2015-06-25 17:35:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | |
| 1641 | /* SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| 1642 | * |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| 1643 | * 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. */ |
| 1644 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, |
| 1645 | size_t len); |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| 1648 | * |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| 1649 | * 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. */ |
| 1650 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, |
| 1651 | size_t len); |
| 1652 | |
David Benjamin | e3aa1d9 | 2015-06-16 15:34:50 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | /* SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session |
| 1654 | * ticket. */ |
| 1655 | #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 |
| 1656 | |
David Benjamin | daeafc2 | 2015-06-25 17:35:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and |
| 1658 | * returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when |
| 1659 | * decrypting a ticket from the client. |
| 1660 | * |
| 1661 | * In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with |
| 1662 | * |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| |
| 1663 | * configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| |
| 1664 | * for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. |
| 1665 | * |
| 1666 | * When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public |
| 1667 | * 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length |
| 1668 | * must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| 1669 | * |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error. |
| 1670 | * |
| 1671 | * When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a |
| 1672 | * 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must |
| 1673 | * match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| 1674 | * |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket |
| 1675 | * failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed. |
| 1676 | * This may be used to re-key the ticket. |
| 1677 | * |
| 1678 | * WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is |
| 1679 | * called in two different modes. */ |
| 1680 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( |
| 1681 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, |
| 1682 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, |
| 1683 | int encrypt)); |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | |
David Benjamin | 58fcfc1 | 2015-09-15 23:49:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | /* Elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman. |
| 1687 | * |
| 1688 | * Cipher suites using an ECDHE key exchange perform Diffie-Hellman over an |
| 1689 | * elliptic curve negotiated by both endpoints. See RFC 4492. Only named curves |
| 1690 | * are supported. ECDHE is always enabled, but the curve preferences may be |
| 1691 | * configured with these functions. |
| 1692 | * |
| 1693 | * A client may use |SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info| to determine the curve |
| 1694 | * selected. */ |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_curves sets the preferred curves for |ctx| to be |curves|. Each |
| 1697 | * element of |curves| should be a curve nid. It returns one on success and |
| 1698 | * zero on failure. */ |
| 1699 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, |
| 1700 | size_t curves_len); |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | /* SSL_set1_curves sets the preferred curves for |ssl| to be |curves|. Each |
| 1703 | * element of |curves| should be a curve nid. It returns one on success and |
| 1704 | * zero on failure. */ |
| 1705 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, |
| 1706 | size_t curves_len); |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh configures |ctx| to use the curve from |ecdh| as the |
| 1709 | * curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. For historical reasons, this API expects an |
| 1710 | * |EC_KEY|, but only the curve is used. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1711 | * error. If unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1712 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) */ |
| 1713 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | /* SSL_set_tmp_ecdh configures |ssl| to use the curve from |ecdh| as the curve |
| 1716 | * for ephemeral ECDH keys. For historical reasons, this API expects an |
| 1717 | * |EC_KEY|, but only the curve is used. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1718 | * error. If unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1719 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) */ |
| 1720 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh_callback configures |ctx| to use |callback| to determine |
| 1723 | * the curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1724 | * |keylength| and return an |EC_KEY| of the selected curve or NULL on |
| 1725 | * error. Only the curve is used, so the |EC_KEY| needn't have a generated |
| 1726 | * keypair. |
| 1727 | * |
| 1728 | * If the callback is unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1729 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) |
| 1730 | * |
| 1731 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |EC_KEY|, so |
| 1732 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1733 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh_callback( |
| 1734 | SSL_CTX *ctx, EC_KEY *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | /* SSL_set_tmp_ecdh_callback configures |ssl| to use |callback| to determine the |
| 1737 | * curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1738 | * |keylength| and return an |EC_KEY| of the selected curve or NULL on |
| 1739 | * error. Only the curve is used, so the |EC_KEY| needn't have a generated |
| 1740 | * keypair. |
| 1741 | * |
| 1742 | * If the callback is unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1743 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) |
| 1744 | * |
| 1745 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |EC_KEY|, so |
| 1746 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1747 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_ecdh_callback( |
| 1748 | SSL *ssl, EC_KEY *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | /* SSL_get_curve_name returns a human-readable name for the elliptic curve |
| 1751 | * specified by the given TLS curve id, or NULL if the curve if unknown. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); |
David Benjamin | 58fcfc1 | 2015-09-15 23:49:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | /* Multiplicative Diffie-Hellman. |
| 1756 | * |
| 1757 | * Cipher suites using a DHE key exchange perform Diffie-Hellman over a |
| 1758 | * multiplicative group selected by the server. These ciphers are disabled for a |
| 1759 | * server unless a group is chosen with one of these functions. |
| 1760 | * |
| 1761 | * A client may use |SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info| to determine the size of |
| 1762 | * the selected group's prime, but note that servers may select degenerate |
| 1763 | * groups. */ |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh configures |ctx| to use the group from |dh| as the group |
| 1766 | * for DHE. Only the group is used, so |dh| needn't have a keypair. It returns |
| 1767 | * one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1768 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | /* SSL_set_tmp_dh configures |ssl| to use the group from |dh| as the group for |
| 1771 | * DHE. Only the group is used, so |dh| needn't have a keypair. It returns one |
| 1772 | * on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1773 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback configures |ctx| to use |callback| to determine |
| 1776 | * the group for DHE ciphers. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1777 | * |keylength| and return a |DH| of the selected group or NULL on error. Only |
| 1778 | * the parameters are used, so the |DH| needn't have a generated keypair. |
| 1779 | * |
| 1780 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |DH|, so |
| 1781 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1782 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( |
| 1783 | SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | /* SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback configures |ssl| to use |callback| to determine the |
| 1786 | * group for DHE ciphers. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |keylength| |
| 1787 | * and return a |DH| of the selected group or NULL on error. Only the |
| 1788 | * parameters are used, so the |DH| needn't have a generated keypair. |
| 1789 | * |
| 1790 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |DH|, so |
| 1791 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1792 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| 1793 | DH *(*dh)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| 1794 | int keylength)); |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | /* Certificate verification. |
| 1798 | * |
| 1799 | * SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically |
| 1800 | * this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions |
| 1801 | * configure certificate verification. |
| 1802 | * |
| 1803 | * WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not |
| 1804 | * fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with |
| 1805 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. |
| 1806 | * |
| 1807 | * By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from |
| 1808 | * the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. |
| 1809 | * |
| 1810 | * Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is |
| 1811 | * underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For |
| 1812 | * now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing |
| 1813 | * certificate verification externally. This may be done with |
| 1814 | * |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with |
| 1815 | * |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | * be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy |
| 1817 | * X.509 and ASN.1 stack. |
| 1818 | * |
| 1819 | * To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling |
| 1820 | * (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | |
| 1822 | /* SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not |
| 1823 | * make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On |
| 1824 | * a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. */ |
| 1825 | #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | /* SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a |
| 1828 | * server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, |
| 1829 | * anonymous clients are still allowed. See |
| 1830 | * |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. */ |
| 1831 | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | /* SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if |
| 1834 | * the client declines to send a certificate. Otherwise |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| still |
| 1835 | * allows anonymous clients. */ |
| 1836 | #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | /* SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate |
| 1839 | * if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. */ |
| 1840 | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 | /* SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is |
| 1843 | * one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is |
| 1844 | * used to customize certificate verification. See the behavior of |
| 1845 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|. |
| 1846 | * |
| 1847 | * The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |
| 1848 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. */ |
| 1849 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( |
| 1850 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | /* SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of |
| 1853 | * the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is used to |
| 1854 | * customize certificate verification. See the behavior of |
| 1855 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|. |
| 1856 | * |
| 1857 | * The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |
| 1858 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. */ |
| 1859 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, |
| 1860 | int (*callback)(int ok, |
| 1861 | X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by |
| 1864 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. */ |
| 1865 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | /* SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| |
| 1868 | * or |SSL_set_verify|. */ |
| 1869 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |
| 1872 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. */ |
| 1873 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1874 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | /* SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or |
| 1877 | * |SSL_set_verify|. */ |
| 1878 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( |
| 1879 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | /* SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain |
| 1882 | * accepted in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth |
| 1883 | * of 1 allows the leaf and one CA certificate. */ |
| 1884 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | /* SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted |
| 1887 | * in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth of 1 |
| 1888 | * allows the leaf and one CA certificate. */ |
| 1889 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted |
| 1892 | * in verification. */ |
| 1893 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /* SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in |
| 1896 | * verification. */ |
| 1897 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one |
| 1900 | * on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. */ |
| 1901 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1902 | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | /* SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on |
| 1905 | * success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. */ |
| 1906 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, |
| 1907 | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| 1910 | * verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| 1911 | * functions on it to configure it. */ |
| 1912 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | /* SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| 1915 | * verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| 1916 | * functions on it to configure it. */ |
| 1917 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | /* SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| 1920 | * |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1921 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | /* SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| 1924 | * |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1925 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | /* SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| 1928 | * |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1929 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /* SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| 1932 | * |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1933 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes |
| 1936 | * ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. |
| 1937 | * |
| 1938 | * The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. |
| 1939 | * See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. */ |
| 1940 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | /* SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. */ |
| 1943 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths loads the OpenSSL system-default trust |
| 1946 | * anchors into |ctx|'s store. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 1947 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | /* SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations loads trust anchors into |ctx|'s store from |
| 1950 | * |ca_file| and |ca_dir|, either of which may be NULL. If |ca_file| is passed, |
| 1951 | * it is opened and PEM-encoded CA certificates are read. If |ca_dir| is passed, |
| 1952 | * it is treated as a directory in OpenSSL's hashed directory format. It returns |
| 1953 | * one on success and zero on failure. |
| 1954 | * |
| 1955 | * See |
| 1956 | * https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/ssl/SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations.html |
| 1957 | * for documentation on the directory format. */ |
| 1958 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1959 | const char *ca_file, |
| 1960 | const char *ca_dir); |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | /* SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is |
| 1963 | * either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. */ |
| 1964 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | /* SSL_set_verify_result overrides the result of certificate verification. */ |
| 1967 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_result(SSL *ssl, long result); |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | /* SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up |
| 1970 | * the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. */ |
| 1971 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on |
| 1974 | * certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains |
| 1975 | * the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and |
| 1976 | * zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a |
| 1977 | * verification result. |
| 1978 | * |
| 1979 | * The callback may use either the |arg| parameter or |
| 1980 | * |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the associated |SSL| |
| 1981 | * object. */ |
| 1982 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( |
| 1983 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), |
| 1984 | void *arg); |
| 1985 | |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | /* SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end |
| 1987 | * of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. It returns one. |
| 1989 | * |
| 1990 | * Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| 1991 | * handshake. */ |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | * objects created from |ctx|. |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | * |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | * Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| 1998 | * handshake. */ |
| 1999 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | |
| 2001 | /* SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a |
| 2002 | * connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. It returns |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | * one. |
| 2004 | * |
| 2005 | * Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| 2006 | * handshake. */ |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | * created from |ctx|. |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | * |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | * Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| 2013 | * handshake. */ |
| 2014 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | |
| 2017 | /* Client certificate CA list. |
| 2018 | * |
| 2019 | * When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of |
| 2020 | * certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to |
| 2021 | * configure this list. */ |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | /* SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |
| 2024 | * |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. */ |
| 2025 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, |
| 2026 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | /* SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to |
| 2029 | * |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. */ |
| 2030 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2031 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| 2032 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | /* SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| |
| 2034 | * has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by |
| 2035 | * |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. |
| 2036 | * |
| 2037 | * If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by |
| 2038 | * the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the |
| 2039 | * callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or |
| 2040 | * when the handshake is paused because of them. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | /* SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. */ |
| 2044 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) * |
| 2045 | SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | /* SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. |
| 2048 | * It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| 2049 | * |x509|. */ |
| 2050 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | /* SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA |
| 2053 | * list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains |
| 2054 | * ownership of |x509|. */ |
| 2055 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | /* SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from |
| 2058 | * it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL |
| 2059 | * on error. */ |
| 2060 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | /* SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on |
| 2063 | * success or NULL on allocation error. */ |
| 2064 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | /* SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| |
| 2067 | * but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on |
| 2068 | * error. */ |
| 2069 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| 2070 | const char *file); |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | /* SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls |
| 2073 | * |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success |
| 2074 | * or zero on error. */ |
| 2075 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| 2076 | const char *dir); |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | |
David Benjamin | 8984f1f | 2015-09-16 00:10:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | /* Application-layer protocol negotation. |
| 2080 | * |
| 2081 | * The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer |
| 2082 | * protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate |
| 2083 | * HTTP/2. */ |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | /* SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to |
| 2086 | * |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2087 | * length-prefixed strings). It returns zero on success and one on failure. |
| 2088 | * Configuring this list enables ALPN on a client. |
| 2089 | * |
| 2090 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 2091 | * convention. */ |
| 2092 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, |
| 2093 | unsigned protos_len); |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | /* SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. |
| 2096 | * |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2097 | * length-prefixed strings). It returns zero on success and one on failure. |
| 2098 | * Configuring this list enables ALPN on a client. |
| 2099 | * |
| 2100 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 2101 | * convention. */ |
| 2102 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, |
| 2103 | unsigned protos_len); |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | /* SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called |
| 2106 | * during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the |
| 2107 | * client's list of offered protocols. Configuring this callback enables ALPN on |
| 2108 | * a server. |
| 2109 | * |
| 2110 | * The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2111 | * length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. It should set |*out| and |
| 2112 | * |*out_len| to the selected protocol and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on |
| 2113 | * success. It does not pass ownership of the buffer. Otherwise, it should |
| 2114 | * return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. Other |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| values are |
| 2115 | * unimplemented and will be treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. */ |
| 2116 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( |
| 2117 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2118 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| 2119 | void *arg); |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | /* SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. |
| 2122 | * On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name |
| 2123 | * (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond |
| 2124 | * with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. */ |
| 2125 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2126 | const uint8_t **out_data, |
| 2127 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | /* Next protocol negotiation. |
| 2131 | * |
| 2132 | * The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN |
| 2133 | * and deprecated in favor of it. */ |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | /* SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a |
| 2136 | * TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol |
| 2137 | * Negotiation. The returned list must be in wire format. The list is returned |
| 2138 | * by setting |*out| to point to it and |*out_len| to its length. This memory |
| 2139 | * will not be modified, but one should assume that |ssl| keeps a reference to |
| 2140 | * it. |
| 2141 | * |
| 2142 | * The callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| if it wishes to advertise. |
| 2143 | * Otherwise, no such extension will be included in the ServerHello. */ |
| 2144 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( |
| 2145 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2146 | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), |
| 2147 | void *arg); |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | /* SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client |
| 2150 | * needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list. |*out| must be |
| 2151 | * set to point to the selected protocol (which may be within |in|). The length |
| 2152 | * of the protocol name must be written into |*out_len|. The server's advertised |
| 2153 | * protocols are provided in |in| and |in_len|. The callback can assume that |
| 2154 | * |in| is syntactically valid. |
| 2155 | * |
| 2156 | * The client must select a protocol. It is fatal to the connection if this |
| 2157 | * callback returns a value other than |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. |
| 2158 | * |
| 2159 | * Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. */ |
| 2160 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( |
| 2161 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2162 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| 2163 | void *arg); |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | /* SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to |
| 2166 | * the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't |
| 2167 | * request any protocol, then |*out_data| is set to NULL. |
| 2168 | * |
| 2169 | * Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned |
| 2170 | * from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols |
| 2171 | * provided by the server. */ |
| 2172 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2173 | const uint8_t **out_data, |
| 2174 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | /* SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection. It is |
| 2177 | * expected that this function is called from the callback set by |
| 2178 | * |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. |
| 2179 | * |
| 2180 | * The protocol data is assumed to be a vector of 8-bit, length prefixed byte |
| 2181 | * strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte |
| 2182 | * string of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |
| 2183 | * |
| 2184 | * The current, but experimental algorithm for selecting the protocol is: |
| 2185 | * |
| 2186 | * 1) If the server doesn't support NPN then this is indicated to the |
| 2187 | * callback. In this case, the client application has to abort the connection |
| 2188 | * or have a default application level protocol. |
| 2189 | * |
| 2190 | * 2) If the server supports NPN, but advertises an empty list then the |
| 2191 | * client selects the first protcol in its list, but indicates via the |
| 2192 | * API that this fallback case was enacted. |
| 2193 | * |
| 2194 | * 3) Otherwise, the client finds the first protocol in the server's list |
| 2195 | * that it supports and selects this protocol. This is because it's |
| 2196 | * assumed that the server has better information about which protocol |
| 2197 | * a client should use. |
| 2198 | * |
| 2199 | * 4) If the client doesn't support any of the server's advertised |
| 2200 | * protocols, then this is treated the same as case 2. |
| 2201 | * |
| 2202 | * It returns either |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED| if a common protocol was found, or |
| 2203 | * |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| if the fallback case was reached. */ |
| 2204 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2205 | const uint8_t *server, |
| 2206 | unsigned server_len, |
| 2207 | const uint8_t *client, |
| 2208 | unsigned client_len); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 |
| 2211 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 |
| 2212 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | /* Channel ID. |
| 2216 | * |
| 2217 | * See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. */ |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id either configures a TLS server to accept TLS |
| 2220 | * Channel IDs from clients, or configures a client to send TLS Channel IDs to |
| 2221 | * a server. It returns one. */ |
| 2222 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | /* SSL_enable_tls_channel_id either configures a TLS server to accept TLS |
| 2225 | * Channel IDs from clients, or configures a client to send TLS Channel IDs to |
| 2226 | * server. It returns one. */ |
| 2227 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID |
| 2230 | * to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one |
| 2231 | * on success and zero on error. */ |
| 2232 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2233 | EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | /* SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to |
| 2236 | * compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on |
| 2237 | * success and zero on error. */ |
| 2238 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | /* SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL*| |
| 2241 | * and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID |
| 2242 | * consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a |
| 2243 | * 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a |
| 2244 | * Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. */ |
| 2245 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 2246 | size_t max_out); |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | /* SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb sets a callback to be called when a TLS Channel ID |
| 2249 | * is requested. The callback may set |*out_pkey| to a key, passing a reference |
| 2250 | * to the caller. If none is returned, the handshake will pause and |
| 2251 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP|. |
| 2252 | * |
| 2253 | * See also |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP|. */ |
| 2254 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb( |
| 2255 | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*channel_id_cb)(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | /* SSL_CTX_get_channel_id_cb returns the callback set by |
| 2258 | * |SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb|. */ |
| 2259 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_channel_id_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 2260 | SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | |
David Benjamin | cfd65b6 | 2015-09-14 01:54:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | /* DTLS-SRTP. |
| 2264 | * |
| 2265 | * See RFC 5764. */ |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | /* An SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE is an SRTP profile for use with the use_srtp |
| 2268 | * extension. */ |
| 2269 | struct srtp_protection_profile_st { |
| 2270 | const char *name; |
| 2271 | unsigned long id; |
| 2272 | } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | /* SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. */ |
| 2277 | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 |
| 2278 | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 |
| 2279 | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 |
| 2280 | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 |
| 2281 | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 |
| 2282 | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /* SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from |
| 2285 | * |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns |
| 2286 | * one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 2287 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2288 | const char *profiles); |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /* SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|. |profile| contains a |
| 2291 | * colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2292 | * failure. */ |
| 2293 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | /* SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. */ |
| 2296 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( |
| 2297 | SSL *ssl); |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | /* SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if |
| 2300 | * SRTP was not negotiated. */ |
| 2301 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( |
| 2302 | SSL *ssl); |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | |
David Benjamin | e8814df | 2015-09-15 08:05:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | /* Pre-shared keys. |
| 2306 | * |
| 2307 | * Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These |
| 2308 | * authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See |
| 2309 | * RFC 4279. |
| 2310 | * |
| 2311 | * This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity |
| 2312 | * hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not |
| 2313 | * specify the format of an identity.) */ |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | /* PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, |
| 2316 | * excluding the NUL terminator. */ |
| 2317 | #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | /* PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. */ |
| 2320 | #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /* SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2323 | * negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2324 | * suites on the client. |
| 2325 | * |
| 2326 | * The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was |
| 2327 | * provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the |
| 2328 | * corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is |
| 2329 | * written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) |
| 2330 | * at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. |
| 2331 | * The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was |
| 2332 | * found. */ |
| 2333 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( |
| 2334 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2335 | unsigned (*psk_client_callback)( |
| 2336 | SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, |
| 2337 | unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | /* SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2340 | * negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2341 | * suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. */ |
| 2342 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( |
| 2343 | SSL *ssl, unsigned (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 2344 | char *identity, |
| 2345 | unsigned max_identity_len, |
| 2346 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2347 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | /* SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2350 | * negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2351 | * suites on the server. |
| 2352 | * |
| 2353 | * The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of |
| 2354 | * length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written |
| 2355 | * or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. */ |
| 2356 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( |
| 2357 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2358 | unsigned (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 2359 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2360 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | /* SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2363 | * negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2364 | * suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. */ |
| 2365 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( |
| 2366 | SSL *ssl, |
| 2367 | unsigned (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 2368 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2369 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | /* SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| 2372 | * identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2373 | * error. */ |
| 2374 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2375 | const char *identity_hint); |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | /* SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| 2378 | * identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2379 | * error. */ |
| 2380 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, |
| 2381 | const char *identity_hint); |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | /* SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| |
| 2384 | * or NULL if there is none. */ |
| 2385 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | /* SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity |
| 2388 | * that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. */ |
| 2389 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | |
David Benjamin | 190ab7f | 2015-09-13 14:20:58 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | /* ex_data functions. |
| 2393 | * |
| 2394 | * See |ex_data.h| for details. */ |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); |
| 2397 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); |
| 2398 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2399 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2400 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2401 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, |
| 2404 | void *data); |
| 2405 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 2406 | int idx); |
| 2407 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2408 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2409 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2410 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); |
| 2413 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); |
| 2414 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2415 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2416 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2417 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | /* Obscure functions. */ |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | /* SSL_get_rc4_state sets |*read_key| and |*write_key| to the RC4 states for |
| 2423 | * the read and write directions. It returns one on success or zero if |ssl| |
| 2424 | * isn't using an RC4-based cipher suite. */ |
| 2425 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rc4_state(const SSL *ssl, const RC4_KEY **read_key, |
| 2426 | const RC4_KEY **write_key); |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | /* SSL_get_structure_sizes returns the sizes of the SSL, SSL_CTX and |
| 2429 | * SSL_SESSION structures so that a test can ensure that outside code agrees on |
| 2430 | * these values. */ |
| 2431 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_structure_sizes(size_t *ssl_size, |
| 2432 | size_t *ssl_ctx_size, |
| 2433 | size_t *ssl_session_size); |
| 2434 | |
David Benjamin | 0cfea34 | 2015-09-19 16:23:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | /* SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. |
| 2436 | * This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record |
| 2437 | * headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts. |
| 2438 | * |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. |
| 2439 | * |
| 2440 | * For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| |
| 2441 | * = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that |
| 2442 | * this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length |
| 2443 | * in the header is the length of the ciphertext. |
| 2444 | * |
| 2445 | * For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the |
| 2446 | * protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The |
| 2447 | * |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte |
| 2448 | * ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively. */ |
| 2449 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( |
| 2450 | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 2451 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | /* SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message |
| 2454 | * callback. */ |
| 2455 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | /* SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See |
| 2458 | * |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. */ |
| 2459 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( |
| 2460 | SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 2461 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | /* SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. */ |
| 2464 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | /* SSL_CTX_set_keylog_bio sets configures all SSL objects attached to |ctx| to |
| 2467 | * log session material to |keylog_bio|. This is intended for debugging use |
| 2468 | * with tools like Wireshark. |ctx| takes ownership of |keylog_bio|. |
| 2469 | * |
| 2470 | * The format is described in |
| 2471 | * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Mozilla/Projects/NSS/Key_Log_Format. */ |
| 2472 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_bio(SSL_CTX *ctx, BIO *keylog_bio); |
| 2473 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t { |
| 2475 | ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, |
| 2476 | ssl_renegotiate_once, |
| 2477 | ssl_renegotiate_freely, |
| 2478 | }; |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | /* SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to |
| 2481 | * renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated |
| 2482 | * renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. |
| 2483 | * |
| 2484 | * The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set |
| 2485 | * at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to |
| 2486 | * allow one renegotiation and |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all |
| 2487 | * renegotiations. |
| 2488 | * |
| 2489 | * There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client |
| 2490 | * or server. */ |
| 2491 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, |
| 2492 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); |
David Benjamin | 0cfea34 | 2015-09-19 16:23:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | /* SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2495 | * certificate chain. */ |
| 2496 | #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT 1024 * 100 |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | /* SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2499 | * certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. */ |
| 2500 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2503 | * certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| 2504 | * consumed during the handshake. */ |
| 2505 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2506 | size_t max_cert_list); |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | /* SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2509 | * certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. */ |
| 2510 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | /* SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2513 | * certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| 2514 | * consumed during the handshake. */ |
| 2515 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records |
| 2518 | * sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data |
| 2519 | * will be split into multiple records. */ |
| 2520 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2521 | size_t max_send_fragment); |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | /* SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records |
| 2524 | * sent by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data |
| 2525 | * will be split into multiple records. */ |
| 2526 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, |
| 2527 | size_t max_send_fragment); |
| 2528 | |
David Benjamin | cfdee21 | 2015-10-16 22:45:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | /* OPENSSL_get_big_buffer_use_count returns the total number of invalid TLS |
| 2530 | * records that were accepted because of |SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER|. |
| 2531 | * |
| 2532 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this when (hopefully!) the quirk is demonstrated to be |
| 2533 | * unnecessary. */ |
| 2534 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t OPENSSL_get_big_buffer_use_count(void); |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | /* OPENSSL_get_d5_bug_use_count returns the total number of invalid RSA |
| 2537 | * ClientKeyExchanges that were accepted because of |SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG|. |
| 2538 | * |
| 2539 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this when (hopefully!) the quirk is demonstrated to be |
| 2540 | * unnecessary. */ |
| 2541 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t OPENSSL_get_d5_bug_use_count(void); |
| 2542 | |
David Benjamin | d4c2bce | 2015-10-17 12:28:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame^] | 2543 | /* ssl_early_callback_ctx is passed to certain callbacks that are called very |
| 2544 | * early on during the server handshake. At this point, much of the SSL* hasn't |
| 2545 | * been filled out and only the ClientHello can be depended on. */ |
| 2546 | struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { |
| 2547 | SSL *ssl; |
| 2548 | const uint8_t *client_hello; |
| 2549 | size_t client_hello_len; |
| 2550 | const uint8_t *session_id; |
| 2551 | size_t session_id_len; |
| 2552 | const uint8_t *cipher_suites; |
| 2553 | size_t cipher_suites_len; |
| 2554 | const uint8_t *compression_methods; |
| 2555 | size_t compression_methods_len; |
| 2556 | const uint8_t *extensions; |
| 2557 | size_t extensions_len; |
| 2558 | }; |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | /* SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in |ctx| for an |
| 2561 | * extension of the given type. If not found, it returns zero. Otherwise it |
| 2562 | * sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not including the type |
| 2563 | * and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the extension contents |
| 2564 | * and returns one. */ |
| 2565 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( |
| 2566 | const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *ctx, uint16_t extension_type, |
| 2567 | const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | /* SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most |
| 2570 | * ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session |
| 2571 | * is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the |
| 2572 | * connection. It may then return one to continue the handshake or zero to |
| 2573 | * pause the handshake to perform an asynchronous operation. If paused, |
| 2574 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE|. |
| 2575 | * |
| 2576 | * Note: The |ssl_early_callback_ctx| is only valid for the duration of the |
| 2577 | * callback and is not valid while the handshake is paused. Further, unlike with |
| 2578 | * most callbacks, when the handshake loop is resumed, it will not call the |
| 2579 | * callback a second time. The caller must finish reconfiguring the connection |
| 2580 | * before resuming the handshake. */ |
| 2581 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( |
| 2582 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *)); |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | /* SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the |
| 2585 | * resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to |
| 2586 | * allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. */ |
| 2587 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( |
| 2588 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *)); |
| 2589 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | /* Underdocumented functions. |
| 2592 | * |
| 2593 | * Functions below here haven't been touched up and may be underdocumented. */ |
| 2594 | |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | /* SSLeay version number for ASN.1 encoding of the session information */ |
| 2596 | /* Version 0 - initial version |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | * Version 1 - added the optional peer certificate. */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | #define SSL_SESSION_ASN1_VERSION 0x0001 |
| 2599 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 |
| 2601 | #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 |
| 2602 | #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
| 2604 | /* These are used to specify which ciphers to use and not to use */ |
| 2605 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" |
| 2607 | #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" |
| 2608 | #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" |
David Benjamin | 7061e28 | 2015-03-19 11:10:48 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" |
| 2612 | #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" /* same as "kDHE" */ |
| 2613 | #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" |
| 2614 | #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" /* same as "kECDHE" */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" |
| 2618 | #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" |
| 2619 | #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" |
David Benjamin | 32fbdf2 | 2015-04-07 01:14:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" /* same as "kDHE" */ |
David Benjamin | 7061e28 | 2015-03-19 11:10:48 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" /* same as "DHE" */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" |
| 2625 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" |
David Benjamin | 32fbdf2 | 2015-04-07 01:14:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" /* same as "kECDHE" */ |
David Benjamin | 7061e28 | 2015-03-19 11:10:48 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" /* same as "ECDHE" */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" |
| 2629 | #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" |
| 2632 | #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" |
| 2633 | #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" |
| 2634 | #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" |
| 2635 | #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" |
| 2636 | #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" |
| 2637 | #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" |
| 2640 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" |
| 2641 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" /* same as "SHA1" */ |
| 2642 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" |
| 2643 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" |
| 2646 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" |
| 2647 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" |
| 2648 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | /* Used in SSL_set_shutdown()/SSL_get_shutdown(); */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 |
| 2656 | #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | |
David Benjamin | 82c9e90 | 2014-12-12 15:55:27 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | typedef struct ssl_protocol_method_st SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD; |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; |
David Benjamin | 338fcaf | 2014-12-11 01:20:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | typedef struct ssl3_enc_method SSL3_ENC_METHOD; |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | |
Adam Langley | c9fb375 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | struct ssl_aead_ctx_st; |
| 2663 | typedef struct ssl_aead_ctx_st SSL_AEAD_CTX; |
| 2664 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2666 | void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2667 | int type, int val)); |
| 2668 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2669 | int type, |
| 2670 | int val); |
David Benjamin | 6c7aed0 | 2014-08-27 16:42:38 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | #define SSL_NOTHING 1 |
| 2673 | #define SSL_WRITING 2 |
| 2674 | #define SSL_READING 3 |
| 2675 | #define SSL_X509_LOOKUP 4 |
| 2676 | #define SSL_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 5 |
| 2677 | #define SSL_PENDING_SESSION 7 |
| 2678 | #define SSL_CERTIFICATE_SELECTION_PENDING 8 |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | #define SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 9 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | |
| 2681 | /* These will only be used when doing non-blocking IO */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | #define SSL_want_nothing(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_NOTHING) |
| 2683 | #define SSL_want_read(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_READING) |
| 2684 | #define SSL_want_write(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_WRITING) |
| 2685 | #define SSL_want_x509_lookup(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_X509_LOOKUP) |
| 2686 | #define SSL_want_channel_id_lookup(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP) |
| 2687 | #define SSL_want_session(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_PENDING_SESSION) |
| 2688 | #define SSL_want_certificate(s) \ |
| 2689 | (SSL_want(s) == SSL_CERTIFICATE_SELECTION_PENDING) |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | #define SSL_want_private_key_operation(s) \ |
| 2691 | (SSL_want(s) == SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION) |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | /* The following are the possible values for ssl->state are are used to |
| 2694 | * indicate where we are up to in the SSL connection establishment. The macros |
| 2695 | * that follow are about the only things you should need to use and even then, |
| 2696 | * only when using non-blocking IO. It can also be useful to work out where you |
| 2697 | * were when the connection failed */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 |
| 2700 | #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 |
| 2701 | #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF |
| 2702 | #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 |
| 2704 | #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 |
| 2707 | #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 |
| 2708 | #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 |
| 2709 | #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 |
| 2710 | #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 /* used in callback */ |
| 2711 | #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) |
| 2712 | #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) |
| 2713 | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| 2714 | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| 2715 | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| 2716 | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| 2717 | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 |
| 2718 | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | |
| 2720 | /* Is the SSL_connection established? */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | #define SSL_get_state(a) SSL_state(a) |
| 2722 | #define SSL_is_init_finished(a) (SSL_state(a) == SSL_ST_OK) |
David Benjamin | ccf74f8 | 2015-02-09 00:01:31 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | #define SSL_in_init(a) (SSL_state(a) & SSL_ST_INIT) |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | #define SSL_in_connect_init(a) (SSL_state(a) & SSL_ST_CONNECT) |
| 2725 | #define SSL_in_accept_init(a) (SSL_state(a) & SSL_ST_ACCEPT) |
David Benjamin | ccf74f8 | 2015-02-09 00:01:31 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | |
David Benjamin | ed7c475 | 2015-02-16 19:16:46 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | /* SSL_in_false_start returns one if |s| has a pending unfinished handshake that |
| 2728 | * is in False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting |
| 2729 | * for the peer, but |SSL_read| will require the handshake to be completed. */ |
| 2730 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *s); |
| 2731 | |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | /* Obtain latest Finished message |
| 2733 | * -- that we sent (SSL_get_finished) |
| 2734 | * -- that we expected from peer (SSL_get_peer_finished). |
| 2735 | * Returns length (0 == no Finished so far), copies up to 'count' bytes. */ |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count); |
| 2737 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | #define d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp, s_id) \ |
| 2740 | ASN1_d2i_bio_of(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_new, d2i_SSL_SESSION, bp, s_id) |
| 2741 | #define i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp, s_id) \ |
| 2742 | ASN1_i2d_bio_of(SSL_SESSION, i2d_SSL_SESSION, bp, s_id) |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | |
| 2744 | DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) |
| 2745 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | /* make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. |
| 2747 | * This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h */ |
| 2748 | #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET \ |
| 2749 | 1000 /* offset to get SSL_R_... value from SSL_AD_... */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | |
| 2751 | /* These alert types are for SSLv3 and TLSv1 */ |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY |
| 2753 | #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE /* fatal */ |
| 2754 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC /* fatal */ |
| 2755 | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED |
| 2756 | #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW |
| 2757 | #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE /* fatal */ |
| 2758 | #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE /* fatal */ |
| 2759 | #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE /* Not for TLS */ |
| 2760 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE |
| 2761 | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE |
| 2762 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED |
| 2763 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED |
| 2764 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN |
| 2765 | #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER /* fatal */ |
| 2766 | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA /* fatal */ |
| 2767 | #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED /* fatal */ |
| 2768 | #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR /* fatal */ |
| 2769 | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR |
| 2770 | #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION /* fatal */ |
| 2771 | #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION /* fatal */ |
| 2772 | #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY /* fatal */ |
| 2773 | #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR /* fatal */ |
| 2774 | #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED |
| 2775 | #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION |
| 2776 | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME |
| 2779 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ |
| 2780 | TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY /* fatal */ |
| 2783 | #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK /* fatal */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | /* SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes |
| 2786 | * peformed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. */ |
| 2787 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2788 | |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *s); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *s); |
| 2792 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *s); |
| 2793 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *s); |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *s, int fd); |
| 2795 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *s, int fd); |
| 2796 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *s, int fd); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *s); |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *s); |
Sigbjorn Vik | 2b23d24 | 2015-06-29 15:07:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | |
David Benjamin | 44d3eed | 2015-05-21 01:29:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | /* SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a |
| 2802 | * renegotiation. */ |
| 2803 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); |
| 2804 | |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); |
| 2806 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); |
| 2807 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); |
| 2808 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback(SSL *ssl, |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, |
| 2816 | int val)); |
| 2817 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2818 | int type, int val); |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | /* Deprecated functions. */ |
| 2823 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | /* SSL_set_reject_peer_renegotiations calls |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| with |
| 2825 | * |ssl_never_renegotiate| if |reject| is one and |ssl_renegotiate_freely| if |
| 2826 | * zero. */ |
| 2827 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_reject_peer_renegotiations(SSL *ssl, int reject); |
| 2828 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | /* SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and |
| 2830 | * returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be |
| 2831 | * freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. |
| 2832 | * |
| 2833 | * The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: |
| 2834 | * AES128-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=AES(128) Mac=SHA1 |
| 2835 | * |
| 2836 | * Consider |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name| instead. */ |
| 2837 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| 2838 | char *buf, int len); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". */ |
| 2841 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 2842 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | typedef void COMP_METHOD; |
| 2844 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | /* SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | OPENSSL_EXPORT COMP_METHOD *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | |
| 2848 | /* SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | |
| 2851 | /* SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | |
David Benjamin | 0d8a758 | 2015-04-08 23:55:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | /* SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. */ |
| 2855 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | /* Version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and |DTLS_method| |
| 2858 | * except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_version| |
| 2859 | * to lock connections to that protocol version. */ |
| 2860 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_method(void); |
| 2861 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); |
| 2862 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); |
| 2863 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); |
| 2864 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); |
| 2865 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* Client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic |
| 2868 | * methods. */ |
| 2869 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); |
| 2870 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); |
| 2871 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_server_method(void); |
| 2872 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_client_method(void); |
| 2873 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); |
| 2874 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); |
| 2875 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); |
| 2876 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); |
| 2877 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| 2878 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| 2879 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); |
| 2880 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); |
| 2881 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); |
| 2882 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); |
| 2883 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| 2884 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| 2885 | |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | /* SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success |
| 2887 | * or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory |
| 2888 | * associated with the current connection. |
| 2889 | * |
| 2890 | * Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. */ |
| 2891 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| 2892 | |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. */ |
| 2894 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( |
| 2895 | SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
David Benjamin | dd97878 | 2015-04-24 15:20:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | /* SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. */ |
| 2898 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| 2899 | RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| 2900 | int keylength)); |
David Benjamin | dd97878 | 2015-04-24 15:20:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | |
David Benjamin | da881e9 | 2015-04-26 14:45:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. */ |
| 2903 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. */ |
| 2906 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. */ |
| 2909 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. */ |
| 2912 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. */ |
| 2915 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. */ |
| 2918 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. */ |
| 2921 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. */ |
| 2924 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. */ |
| 2927 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. */ |
| 2930 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. */ |
| 2933 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2934 | |
David Benjamin | 101ead2 | 2015-04-26 18:36:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | /* SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. */ |
| 2936 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *s); |
| 2937 | |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | /* SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. */ |
| 2939 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | /* SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. */ |
| 2942 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | /* SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. */ |
| 2945 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. */ |
| 2948 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | /* SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. */ |
| 2951 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); |
| 2952 | |
Kenny Root | 3a9e1fb | 2015-06-10 14:52:40 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | /* SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. */ |
David Benjamin | 9a41d1b | 2015-05-16 01:30:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /* SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead does nothing. */ |
| 2957 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); |
| 2958 | |
Kenny Root | 3a9e1fb | 2015-06-10 14:52:40 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | /* SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. */ |
David Benjamin | 9a41d1b | 2015-05-16 01:30:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *s); |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | /* SSL_set_read_ahead does nothing. */ |
| 2963 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *s, int yes); |
| 2964 | |
David Benjamin | 44d3eed | 2015-05-21 01:29:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | /* SSL_renegotiate put an error on the error queue and returns zero. */ |
| 2966 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); |
| 2967 | |
David Benjamin | ece089c | 2015-05-15 23:52:42 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | /* SSL_set_state does nothing. */ |
| 2969 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); |
| 2970 | |
David Benjamin | 7e40d4e | 2015-09-07 13:17:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | /* SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. */ |
| 2972 | #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | /* i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in| to the bytes pointed to by |*pp|. On success, |
| 2975 | * it returns the number of bytes written and advances |*pp| by that many bytes. |
| 2976 | * On failure, it returns -1. If |pp| is NULL, no bytes are written and only the |
| 2977 | * length is returned. |
| 2978 | * |
| 2979 | * Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. */ |
| 2980 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | /* d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed |
| 2983 | * to by |*pp|. It returns the new |SSL_SESSION| and advances |*pp| by the |
| 2984 | * number of bytes consumed on success and NULL on failure. The caller takes |
| 2985 | * ownership of the new session and must call |SSL_SESSION_free| when done. |
| 2986 | * |
| 2987 | * If |a| is non-NULL, |*a| is released and set the new |SSL_SESSION|. |
| 2988 | * |
| 2989 | * Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. */ |
| 2990 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, |
| 2991 | long length); |
| 2992 | |
David Benjamin | 27bbae4 | 2015-09-13 00:54:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | /* ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. */ |
| 2994 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | /* SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. */ |
| 2997 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); |
| 2998 | |
David Benjamin | cfd65b6 | 2015-09-14 01:54:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns |
| 3000 | * zero on success and one on failure. |
| 3001 | * |
| 3002 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 3003 | * convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. */ |
| 3004 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 3005 | const char *profiles); |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | /* SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on |
| 3008 | * success and one on failure. |
| 3009 | * |
| 3010 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 3011 | * convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. */ |
| 3012 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| 3013 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | /* SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. */ |
| 3015 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *s); |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | /* SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. */ |
| 3018 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *s); |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)arg)) |
| 3021 | #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| 3022 | #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ |
| 3023 | (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)a)) |
| 3024 | #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| 3025 | #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) |
| 3026 | #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ |
| 3027 | (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)arg)) |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| 3030 | #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3033 | #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ |
| 3034 | SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) |
| 3035 | #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ |
| 3036 | SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3037 | #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ |
| 3038 | SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3039 | #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) |
| 3040 | #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) |
| 3041 | #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) |
| 3042 | #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ |
| 3043 | SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | struct ssl_comp_st { |
| 3048 | int id; |
| 3049 | const char *name; |
| 3050 | char *method; |
| 3051 | }; |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | /* The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. |
| 3056 | * Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_version| instead. */ |
| 3057 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0x02000000L |
| 3058 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L |
| 3059 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L |
| 3060 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L |
| 3061 | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 |
| 3062 | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | /* The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to |
| 3065 | * compile code with BoringSSL. */ |
David Benjamin | 907bd30 | 2015-09-19 13:29:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 |
| 3067 | #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 |
| 3068 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 |
| 3069 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| 3071 | #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 |
| 3072 | #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 |
| 3073 | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 |
| 3074 | #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 |
| 3075 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 |
| 3076 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 |
| 3077 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| 3078 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| 3079 | #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 |
| 3080 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| 3081 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 |
| 3082 | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 |
| 3083 | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 |
| 3084 | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 |
| 3085 | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 |
| 3086 | #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 |
| 3087 | #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 |
| 3088 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 |
| 3089 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 |
| 3091 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | /* SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_resumed|. */ |
| 3093 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | /* SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. */ |
| 3096 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | /* SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. |
| 3099 | * For example, "TLSv1.2" or "SSLv3". */ |
| 3100 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3101 | |
David Benjamin | 32876b3 | 2015-09-20 12:17:03 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | /* SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of |
| 3103 | * |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| insteads. */ |
| 3104 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); |
| 3105 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | /* SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if |
| 3107 | * the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, |
| 3108 | * the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf |
| 3109 | * certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should |
| 3110 | * return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If |
| 3111 | * the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return |
| 3112 | * |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 3113 | * |
| 3114 | * The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 3115 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. |
| 3116 | * |
| 3117 | * Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with |
| 3118 | * this function is confusing. */ |
| 3119 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( |
| 3120 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 3121 | int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | /* SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb returns the callback set by |
| 3124 | * |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. */ |
| 3125 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 3126 | SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
| 3127 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | /* Private structures. |
| 3130 | * |
| 3131 | * This structures are exposed for historical reasons, but access to them is |
| 3132 | * deprecated. */ |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | struct ssl_cipher_st { |
| 3135 | /* name is the OpenSSL name for the cipher. */ |
| 3136 | const char *name; |
| 3137 | /* id is the cipher suite value bitwise OR-d with 0x03000000. */ |
| 3138 | uint32_t id; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | /* The following are internal fields. See ssl/internal.h for their values. */ |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | uint32_t algorithm_mkey; |
| 3143 | uint32_t algorithm_auth; |
| 3144 | uint32_t algorithm_enc; |
| 3145 | uint32_t algorithm_mac; |
| 3146 | uint32_t algorithm_ssl; |
| 3147 | uint32_t algo_strength; |
| 3148 | uint32_t algorithm_prf; |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | /* strength_bits is the strength of the cipher in bits. */ |
| 3151 | int strength_bits; |
| 3152 | /* alg_bits is the number of bits of key material used by the algorithm. */ |
| 3153 | int alg_bits; |
| 3154 | }; |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 | struct ssl_session_st { |
| 3157 | int ssl_version; /* what ssl version session info is being kept in here? */ |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | int master_key_length; |
| 3160 | uint8_t master_key[SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH]; |
| 3161 | /* session_id - valid? */ |
| 3162 | unsigned int session_id_length; |
| 3163 | uint8_t session_id[SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH]; |
| 3164 | /* this is used to determine whether the session is being reused in |
| 3165 | * the appropriate context. It is up to the application to set this, |
| 3166 | * via SSL_new */ |
| 3167 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3168 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | char *psk_identity; |
| 3171 | /* Used to indicate that session resumption is not allowed. Applications can |
| 3172 | * also set this bit for a new session via not_resumable_session_cb to |
| 3173 | * disable session caching and tickets. */ |
| 3174 | int not_resumable; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /* peer is the peer's certificate. */ |
| 3177 | X509 *peer; |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | /* cert_chain is the certificate chain sent by the peer. NOTE: for historical |
| 3180 | * reasons, when a client (so the peer is a server), the chain includes |
| 3181 | * |peer|, but when a server it does not. */ |
| 3182 | STACK_OF(X509) *cert_chain; |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | /* when app_verify_callback accepts a session where the peer's certificate is |
| 3185 | * not ok, we must remember the error for session reuse: */ |
| 3186 | long verify_result; /* only for servers */ |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | CRYPTO_refcount_t references; |
| 3189 | long timeout; |
| 3190 | long time; |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | const SSL_CIPHER *cipher; |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | /* key_exchange_info contains an indication of the size of the asymmetric |
| 3195 | * primitive used in the handshake that created this session. In the event |
| 3196 | * that two asymmetric operations are used, this value applies to the one |
| 3197 | * that controls the confidentiality of the connection. Its interpretation |
| 3198 | * depends on the primitive that was used; as specified by the cipher suite: |
| 3199 | * DHE: the size, in bits, of the multiplicative group. |
| 3200 | * RSA: the size, in bits, of the modulus. |
| 3201 | * ECDHE: the TLS id for the curve. |
| 3202 | * |
| 3203 | * A zero indicates that the value is unknown. */ |
| 3204 | uint32_t key_exchange_info; |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; /* application specific data */ |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | /* These are used to make removal of session-ids more efficient and to |
| 3209 | * implement a maximum cache size. */ |
| 3210 | SSL_SESSION *prev, *next; |
| 3211 | char *tlsext_hostname; |
| 3212 | /* RFC4507 info */ |
| 3213 | uint8_t *tlsext_tick; /* Session ticket */ |
| 3214 | size_t tlsext_ticklen; /* Session ticket length */ |
| 3215 | uint32_t tlsext_tick_lifetime_hint; /* Session lifetime hint in seconds */ |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | size_t tlsext_signed_cert_timestamp_list_length; |
| 3218 | uint8_t *tlsext_signed_cert_timestamp_list; /* Server's list. */ |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | /* The OCSP response that came with the session. */ |
| 3221 | size_t ocsp_response_length; |
| 3222 | uint8_t *ocsp_response; |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | char peer_sha256_valid; /* Non-zero if peer_sha256 is valid */ |
| 3225 | uint8_t |
| 3226 | peer_sha256[SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH]; /* SHA256 of peer certificate */ |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | /* original_handshake_hash contains the handshake hash (either SHA-1+MD5 or |
| 3229 | * SHA-2, depending on TLS version) for the original, full handshake that |
| 3230 | * created a session. This is used by Channel IDs during resumption. */ |
| 3231 | uint8_t original_handshake_hash[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 3232 | unsigned int original_handshake_hash_len; |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | /* extended_master_secret is true if the master secret in this session was |
| 3235 | * generated using EMS and thus isn't vulnerable to the Triple Handshake |
| 3236 | * attack. */ |
| 3237 | char extended_master_secret; |
| 3238 | }; |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /* ssl_cipher_preference_list_st contains a list of SSL_CIPHERs with |
| 3241 | * equal-preference groups. For TLS clients, the groups are moot because the |
| 3242 | * server picks the cipher and groups cannot be expressed on the wire. However, |
| 3243 | * for servers, the equal-preference groups allow the client's preferences to |
| 3244 | * be partially respected. (This only has an effect with |
| 3245 | * SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE). |
| 3246 | * |
| 3247 | * The equal-preference groups are expressed by grouping SSL_CIPHERs together. |
| 3248 | * All elements of a group have the same priority: no ordering is expressed |
| 3249 | * within a group. |
| 3250 | * |
| 3251 | * The values in |ciphers| are in one-to-one correspondence with |
| 3252 | * |in_group_flags|. (That is, sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(ciphers) is the number of |
| 3253 | * bytes in |in_group_flags|.) The bytes in |in_group_flags| are either 1, to |
| 3254 | * indicate that the corresponding SSL_CIPHER is not the last element of a |
| 3255 | * group, or 0 to indicate that it is. |
| 3256 | * |
| 3257 | * For example, if |in_group_flags| contains all zeros then that indicates a |
| 3258 | * traditional, fully-ordered preference. Every SSL_CIPHER is the last element |
| 3259 | * of the group (i.e. they are all in a one-element group). |
| 3260 | * |
| 3261 | * For a more complex example, consider: |
| 3262 | * ciphers: A B C D E F |
| 3263 | * in_group_flags: 1 1 0 0 1 0 |
| 3264 | * |
| 3265 | * That would express the following, order: |
| 3266 | * |
| 3267 | * A E |
| 3268 | * B -> D -> F |
| 3269 | * C |
| 3270 | */ |
| 3271 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st { |
| 3272 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *ciphers; |
| 3273 | uint8_t *in_group_flags; |
| 3274 | }; |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | struct ssl_ctx_st { |
| 3277 | const SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD *method; |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | /* lock is used to protect various operations on this object. */ |
| 3280 | CRYPTO_MUTEX lock; |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | /* max_version is the maximum acceptable protocol version. If zero, the |
| 3283 | * maximum supported version, currently (D)TLS 1.2, is used. */ |
| 3284 | uint16_t max_version; |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | /* min_version is the minimum acceptable protocl version. If zero, the |
| 3287 | * minimum supported version, currently SSL 3.0 and DTLS 1.0, is used */ |
| 3288 | uint16_t min_version; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list; |
| 3291 | /* same as above but sorted for lookup */ |
| 3292 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id; |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | /* cipher_list_tls10 is the list of ciphers when TLS 1.0 or greater is in |
| 3295 | * use. This only applies to server connections as, for clients, the version |
| 3296 | * number is known at connect time and so the cipher list can be set then. If |
| 3297 | * |cipher_list_tls11| is non-NULL then this applies only to TLS 1.0 |
| 3298 | * connections. |
| 3299 | * |
| 3300 | * TODO(agl): this exists to assist in the death of SSLv3. It can hopefully |
| 3301 | * be removed after that. */ |
| 3302 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list_tls10; |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | /* cipher_list_tls11 is the list of ciphers when TLS 1.1 or greater is in |
| 3305 | * use. This only applies to server connections as, for clients, the version |
| 3306 | * number is known at connect time and so the cipher list can be set then. */ |
| 3307 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list_tls11; |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | X509_STORE *cert_store; |
| 3310 | LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *sessions; |
| 3311 | /* Most session-ids that will be cached, default is |
| 3312 | * SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT. 0 is unlimited. */ |
| 3313 | unsigned long session_cache_size; |
| 3314 | SSL_SESSION *session_cache_head; |
| 3315 | SSL_SESSION *session_cache_tail; |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | /* handshakes_since_cache_flush is the number of successful handshakes since |
| 3318 | * the last cache flush. */ |
| 3319 | int handshakes_since_cache_flush; |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | /* This can have one of 2 values, ored together, |
| 3322 | * SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT, |
| 3323 | * SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER, |
| 3324 | * Default is SSL_SESSION_CACHE_SERVER, which means only |
| 3325 | * SSL_accept which cache SSL_SESSIONS. */ |
| 3326 | int session_cache_mode; |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | /* If timeout is not 0, it is the default timeout value set when SSL_new() is |
| 3329 | * called. This has been put in to make life easier to set things up */ |
| 3330 | long session_timeout; |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | /* If this callback is not null, it will be called each time a session id is |
| 3333 | * added to the cache. If this function returns 1, it means that the |
| 3334 | * callback will do a SSL_SESSION_free() when it has finished using it. |
| 3335 | * Otherwise, on 0, it means the callback has finished with it. If |
| 3336 | * remove_session_cb is not null, it will be called when a session-id is |
| 3337 | * removed from the cache. After the call, OpenSSL will SSL_SESSION_free() |
| 3338 | * it. */ |
| 3339 | int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *sess); |
| 3340 | void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *sess); |
| 3341 | SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *data, int len, |
| 3342 | int *copy); |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | CRYPTO_refcount_t references; |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | /* if defined, these override the X509_verify_cert() calls */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | int (*app_verify_callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | void *app_verify_arg; |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | |
| 3350 | /* Default password callback. */ |
| 3351 | pem_password_cb *default_passwd_callback; |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | /* Default password callback user data. */ |
| 3354 | void *default_passwd_callback_userdata; |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | /* get client cert callback */ |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | |
| 3359 | /* get channel id callback */ |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | void (*channel_id_cb)(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | |
| 3362 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | /* custom_*_extensions stores any callback sets for custom extensions. Note |
| 3365 | * that these pointers will be NULL if the stack would otherwise be empty. */ |
| 3366 | STACK_OF(SSL_CUSTOM_EXTENSION) *client_custom_extensions; |
| 3367 | STACK_OF(SSL_CUSTOM_EXTENSION) *server_custom_extensions; |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | /* Default values used when no per-SSL value is defined follow */ |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl, int type, |
| 3372 | int val); /* used if SSL's info_callback is NULL */ |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /* what we put in client cert requests */ |
| 3375 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA; |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | /* Default values to use in SSL structures follow (these are copied by |
| 3379 | * SSL_new) */ |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | uint32_t options; |
| 3382 | uint32_t mode; |
| 3383 | uint32_t max_cert_list; |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | /* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */ |
| 3388 | void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 3389 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 3390 | void *msg_callback_arg; |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | int verify_mode; |
| 3393 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3394 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3395 | int (*default_verify_callback)( |
| 3396 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* called 'verify_callback' in the SSL */ |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | /* Default generate session ID callback. */ |
| 3399 | GEN_SESSION_CB generate_session_id; |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param; |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | /* select_certificate_cb is called before most ClientHello processing and |
| 3404 | * before the decision whether to resume a session is made. It may return one |
| 3405 | * to continue the handshake or zero to cause the handshake loop to return |
| 3406 | * with an error and cause SSL_get_error to return |
| 3407 | * SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE. Note: when the handshake loop is resumed, it |
| 3408 | * will not call the callback a second time. */ |
| 3409 | int (*select_certificate_cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *); |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | /* dos_protection_cb is called once the resumption decision for a ClientHello |
| 3412 | * has been made. It returns one to continue the handshake or zero to |
| 3413 | * abort. */ |
| 3414 | int (*dos_protection_cb) (const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *); |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | /* quiet_shutdown is true if the connection should not send a close_notify on |
| 3417 | * shutdown. */ |
| 3418 | int quiet_shutdown; |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | /* Maximum amount of data to send in one fragment. actual record size can be |
| 3421 | * more than this due to padding and MAC overheads. */ |
| 3422 | uint16_t max_send_fragment; |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | /* TLS extensions servername callback */ |
| 3425 | int (*tlsext_servername_callback)(SSL *, int *, void *); |
| 3426 | void *tlsext_servername_arg; |
| 3427 | /* RFC 4507 session ticket keys */ |
| 3428 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_key_name[SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN]; |
| 3429 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_hmac_key[16]; |
| 3430 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_aes_key[16]; |
| 3431 | /* Callback to support customisation of ticket key setting */ |
| 3432 | int (*tlsext_ticket_key_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *name, uint8_t *iv, |
| 3433 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ectx, HMAC_CTX *hctx, int enc); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | /* Server-only: psk_identity_hint is the default identity hint to send in |
| 3436 | * PSK-based key exchanges. */ |
| 3437 | char *psk_identity_hint; |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 3440 | char *identity, |
| 3441 | unsigned int max_identity_len, |
| 3442 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3443 | unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 3444 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /* retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs is true if we should compute the SHA256 |
| 3448 | * hash of the peer's certifiate and then discard it to save memory and |
| 3449 | * session space. Only effective on the server side. */ |
| 3450 | char retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs; |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | /* Next protocol negotiation information */ |
| 3453 | /* (for experimental NPN extension). */ |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /* For a server, this contains a callback function by which the set of |
| 3456 | * advertised protocols can be provided. */ |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | int (*next_protos_advertised_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, |
| 3458 | unsigned *out_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | void *next_protos_advertised_cb_arg; |
| 3460 | /* For a client, this contains a callback function that selects the |
| 3461 | * next protocol from the list provided by the server. */ |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | int (*next_proto_select_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 3463 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | void *next_proto_select_cb_arg; |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | /* ALPN information |
| 3467 | * (we are in the process of transitioning from NPN to ALPN.) */ |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | /* For a server, this contains a callback function that allows the |
| 3470 | * server to select the protocol for the connection. |
| 3471 | * out: on successful return, this must point to the raw protocol |
| 3472 | * name (without the length prefix). |
| 3473 | * outlen: on successful return, this contains the length of |*out|. |
| 3474 | * in: points to the client's list of supported protocols in |
| 3475 | * wire-format. |
| 3476 | * inlen: the length of |in|. */ |
David Benjamin | 8984f1f | 2015-09-16 00:10:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | int (*alpn_select_cb)(SSL *s, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 3478 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | void *alpn_select_cb_arg; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | /* For a client, this contains the list of supported protocols in wire |
| 3482 | * format. */ |
| 3483 | uint8_t *alpn_client_proto_list; |
| 3484 | unsigned alpn_client_proto_list_len; |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | /* SRTP profiles we are willing to do from RFC 5764 */ |
| 3487 | STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles; |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | /* EC extension values inherited by SSL structure */ |
| 3490 | size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length; |
| 3491 | uint16_t *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | /* If true, a client will advertise the Channel ID extension and a server |
| 3494 | * will echo it. */ |
| 3495 | char tlsext_channel_id_enabled; |
| 3496 | /* The client's Channel ID private key. */ |
| 3497 | EVP_PKEY *tlsext_channel_id_private; |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | /* If true, a client will request certificate timestamps. */ |
| 3500 | char signed_cert_timestamps_enabled; |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | /* Signed certificate timestamp list to be sent to the client, if requested */ |
| 3503 | uint8_t *signed_cert_timestamp_list; |
| 3504 | size_t signed_cert_timestamp_list_length; |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | /* If true, a client will request a stapled OCSP response. */ |
| 3507 | char ocsp_stapling_enabled; |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* OCSP response to be sent to the client, if requested. */ |
| 3510 | uint8_t *ocsp_response; |
| 3511 | size_t ocsp_response_length; |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | /* If not NULL, session key material will be logged to this BIO for debugging |
| 3514 | * purposes. The format matches NSS's and is readable by Wireshark. */ |
| 3515 | BIO *keylog_bio; |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | /* current_time_cb, if not NULL, is the function to use to get the current |
| 3518 | * time. It sets |*out_clock| to the current time. */ |
| 3519 | void (*current_time_cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock); |
| 3520 | }; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | struct ssl_st { |
| 3523 | /* version is the protocol version. */ |
| 3524 | int version; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | /* method is the method table corresponding to the current protocol (DTLS or |
| 3527 | * TLS). */ |
| 3528 | const SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD *method; |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | /* enc_method is the method table corresponding to the current protocol |
| 3531 | * version. */ |
| 3532 | const SSL3_ENC_METHOD *enc_method; |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | /* max_version is the maximum acceptable protocol version. If zero, the |
| 3535 | * maximum supported version, currently (D)TLS 1.2, is used. */ |
| 3536 | uint16_t max_version; |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | /* min_version is the minimum acceptable protocl version. If zero, the |
| 3539 | * minimum supported version, currently SSL 3.0 and DTLS 1.0, is used */ |
| 3540 | uint16_t min_version; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | /* There are 2 BIO's even though they are normally both the same. This is so |
| 3543 | * data can be read and written to different handlers */ |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | BIO *rbio; /* used by SSL_read */ |
| 3546 | BIO *wbio; /* used by SSL_write */ |
| 3547 | BIO *bbio; /* used during session-id reuse to concatenate |
| 3548 | * messages */ |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | /* This holds a variable that indicates what we were doing when a 0 or -1 is |
| 3551 | * returned. This is needed for non-blocking IO so we know what request |
| 3552 | * needs re-doing when in SSL_accept or SSL_connect */ |
| 3553 | int rwstate; |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | /* true when we are actually in SSL_accept() or SSL_connect() */ |
| 3556 | int in_handshake; |
| 3557 | int (*handshake_func)(SSL *); |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | /* Imagine that here's a boolean member "init" that is switched as soon as |
| 3560 | * SSL_set_{accept/connect}_state is called for the first time, so that |
| 3561 | * "state" and "handshake_func" are properly initialized. But as |
| 3562 | * handshake_func is == 0 until then, we use this test instead of an "init" |
| 3563 | * member. */ |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | /* server is true iff the this SSL* is the server half. Note: before the SSL* |
| 3566 | * is initialized by either SSL_set_accept_state or SSL_set_connect_state, |
| 3567 | * the side is not determined. In this state, server is always false. */ |
| 3568 | int server; |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | /* quiet_shutdown is true if the connection should not send a close_notify on |
| 3571 | * shutdown. */ |
| 3572 | int quiet_shutdown; |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | int shutdown; /* we have shut things down, 0x01 sent, 0x02 |
| 3575 | * for received */ |
| 3576 | int state; /* where we are */ |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | BUF_MEM *init_buf; /* buffer used during init */ |
| 3579 | uint8_t *init_msg; /* pointer to handshake message body, set by |
| 3580 | ssl3_get_message() */ |
| 3581 | int init_num; /* amount read/written */ |
| 3582 | int init_off; /* amount read/written */ |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | struct ssl3_state_st *s3; /* SSLv3 variables */ |
| 3585 | struct dtls1_state_st *d1; /* DTLSv1 variables */ |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | /* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */ |
| 3588 | void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 3589 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 3590 | void *msg_callback_arg; |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | int hit; /* reusing a previous session */ |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param; |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | /* crypto */ |
| 3597 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list; |
| 3598 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id; |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | SSL_AEAD_CTX *aead_read_ctx; |
| 3601 | SSL_AEAD_CTX *aead_write_ctx; |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | /* session info */ |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | /* client cert? */ |
| 3606 | /* This is used to hold the server certificate used */ |
| 3607 | struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert; |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | /* the session_id_context is used to ensure sessions are only reused |
| 3610 | * in the appropriate context */ |
| 3611 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3612 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | /* This can also be in the session once a session is established */ |
| 3615 | SSL_SESSION *session; |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | /* Default generate session ID callback. */ |
| 3618 | GEN_SESSION_CB generate_session_id; |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | /* Used in SSL2 and SSL3 */ |
| 3621 | int verify_mode; /* 0 don't care about verify failure. |
| 3622 | * 1 fail if verify fails */ |
| 3623 | int (*verify_callback)(int ok, |
| 3624 | X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* fail if callback returns 0 */ |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl, int type, |
| 3627 | int val); /* optional informational callback */ |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | /* Server-only: psk_identity_hint is the identity hint to send in |
| 3630 | * PSK-based key exchanges. */ |
| 3631 | char *psk_identity_hint; |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 3634 | char *identity, |
| 3635 | unsigned int max_identity_len, |
| 3636 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3637 | unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 3638 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | SSL_CTX *ctx; |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | /* extra application data */ |
| 3643 | long verify_result; |
| 3644 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* for server side, keep the list of CA_dn we can use */ |
| 3647 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA; |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | uint32_t options; /* protocol behaviour */ |
| 3650 | uint32_t mode; /* API behaviour */ |
| 3651 | uint32_t max_cert_list; |
| 3652 | int client_version; /* what was passed, used for |
| 3653 | * SSLv3/TLS rollback check */ |
| 3654 | uint16_t max_send_fragment; |
| 3655 | char *tlsext_hostname; |
| 3656 | /* RFC4507 session ticket expected to be received or sent */ |
| 3657 | int tlsext_ticket_expected; |
| 3658 | size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length; |
| 3659 | uint16_t *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; /* our list */ |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | SSL_CTX *initial_ctx; /* initial ctx, used to store sessions */ |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | /* Next protocol negotiation. For the client, this is the protocol that we |
| 3664 | * sent in NextProtocol and is set when handling ServerHello extensions. |
| 3665 | * |
| 3666 | * For a server, this is the client's selected_protocol from NextProtocol and |
| 3667 | * is set when handling the NextProtocol message, before the Finished |
| 3668 | * message. */ |
| 3669 | uint8_t *next_proto_negotiated; |
| 3670 | size_t next_proto_negotiated_len; |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | /* srtp_profiles is the list of configured SRTP protection profiles for |
| 3673 | * DTLS-SRTP. */ |
| 3674 | STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles; |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | /* srtp_profile is the selected SRTP protection profile for |
| 3677 | * DTLS-SRTP. */ |
| 3678 | const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *srtp_profile; |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | /* Copied from the SSL_CTX. For a server, means that we'll accept Channel IDs |
| 3681 | * from clients. For a client, means that we'll advertise support. */ |
| 3682 | char tlsext_channel_id_enabled; |
| 3683 | /* The client's Channel ID private key. */ |
| 3684 | EVP_PKEY *tlsext_channel_id_private; |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | /* Enable signed certificate time stamps. Currently client only. */ |
| 3687 | char signed_cert_timestamps_enabled; |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | /* ocsp_stapling_enabled is only used by client connections and indicates |
| 3690 | * whether OCSP stapling will be requested. */ |
| 3691 | char ocsp_stapling_enabled; |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | /* For a client, this contains the list of supported protocols in wire |
| 3694 | * format. */ |
| 3695 | uint8_t *alpn_client_proto_list; |
| 3696 | unsigned alpn_client_proto_list_len; |
| 3697 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | /* renegotiate_mode controls how peer renegotiation attempts are handled. */ |
| 3699 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t renegotiate_mode; |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | |
| 3701 | /* These fields are always NULL and exist only to keep wpa_supplicant happy |
| 3702 | * about the change to EVP_AEAD. They are only needed for EAP-FAST, which we |
| 3703 | * don't support. */ |
| 3704 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *enc_read_ctx; |
| 3705 | EVP_MD_CTX *read_hash; |
| 3706 | }; |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | /* Android compatibility section. |
| 3710 | * |
| 3711 | * These functions are declared, temporarily, for Android because |
| 3712 | * wpa_supplicant will take a little time to sync with upstream. Outside of |
| 3713 | * Android they'll have no definition. */ |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | #define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_TICKET_EXT doesnt_exist |
| 3716 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext(SSL *s, void *ext_data, |
| 3718 | int ext_len); |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_secret_cb(SSL *s, void *cb, void *arg); |
| 3720 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext_cb(SSL *s, void *cb, void *arg); |
Adam Langley | 32156b9 | 2015-03-20 11:49:44 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ssl_method(SSL *s, const SSL_METHOD *method); |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | #define OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT "BoringSSL" |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | #define SSLEAY_VERSION 0 |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* SSLeay_version is a compatibility function that returns the string |
| 3728 | * "BoringSSL". */ |
| 3729 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSLeay_version(int unused); |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 | |
| 3731 | |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | /* Preprocessor compatibility section. |
| 3733 | * |
| 3734 | * Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and |
| 3735 | * constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | * section defines a number of legacy macros. |
| 3737 | * |
| 3738 | * Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is |
| 3739 | * still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and |
| 3740 | * |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. */ |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
| 3743 | #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3744 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist |
| 3745 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 3749 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3750 | #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
| 3751 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 7591064 | 2015-08-09 10:42:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3755 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
| 3758 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist |
| 3759 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist |
| 3760 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 3761 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 3765 | #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| 3766 | #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
| 3767 | #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist |
| 3768 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
| 3771 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 61ecccf | 2015-05-05 09:44:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb9cf79 | 2015-05-05 09:46:14 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3774 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 61ecccf | 2015-05-05 09:44:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3775 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 71f7d3d | 2015-05-05 09:46:38 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3776 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 7133d42 | 2015-04-28 00:43:39 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3778 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist |
| 3780 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist |
| 3784 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist |
| 3785 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist |
| 3786 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist |
| 3787 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| 3788 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | |
David Benjamin | 8c24980 | 2015-05-05 09:44:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout |
| 3791 | #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert |
| 3793 | #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert |
| 3794 | #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert |
| 3795 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs |
| 3796 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode |
| 3798 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options |
| 3799 | #define SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs |
| 3801 | #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list |
| 3803 | #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode |
| 3804 | #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options |
| 3805 | #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead |
| 3806 | #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3808 | #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA |
| 3809 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size |
| 3810 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number |
| 3811 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain |
| 3813 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id |
| 3816 | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list |
| 3817 | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment |
| 3818 | #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode |
| 3819 | #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg |
| 3820 | #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options |
| 3821 | #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead |
| 3822 | #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode |
| 3823 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg |
| 3824 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ |
| 3825 | SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback |
| 3826 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3827 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3828 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh |
| 3829 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh |
| 3830 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert |
| 3832 | #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert |
| 3833 | #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode |
| 3835 | #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options |
| 3836 | #define SSL_enable_tls_channel_id SSL_enable_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | 7591064 | 2015-08-09 10:42:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 | #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list |
| 3840 | #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode |
| 3841 | #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options |
David Benjamin | cb9cf79 | 2015-05-05 09:46:14 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3842 | #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ |
| 3843 | SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support |
David Benjamin | c280758 | 2015-04-28 00:19:50 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | #define SSL_get_tls_channel_id SSL_get_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA |
| 3846 | #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations |
| 3847 | #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain |
| 3849 | #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | #define SSL_set1_tls_channel_id SSL_set1_tls_channel_id |
| 3852 | #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list |
| 3853 | #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment |
| 3854 | #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode |
| 3855 | #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg |
| 3856 | #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu |
| 3857 | #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options |
| 3858 | #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name |
| 3859 | #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh |
| 3860 | #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh |
| 3861 | #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa |
| 3862 | #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | |
| 3864 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | #if defined(__cplusplus) |
| 3866 | } /* extern C */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | #endif |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | |
| 3870 | /* Library consumers assume these headers are included by ssl.h, but they depend |
| 3871 | * on ssl.h, so include them after all declarations. |
| 3872 | * |
| 3873 | * TODO(davidben): The separation between ssl.h and these version-specific |
| 3874 | * headers introduces circular dependencies and is inconsistent. The function |
| 3875 | * declarations should move to ssl.h. Many of the constants can probably be |
| 3876 | * pruned or unexported. */ |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | #include <openssl/ssl3.h> |
| 3878 | #include <openssl/tls1.h> /* This is mostly sslv3 with a few tweaks */ |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | |
| 3880 | |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | /* BEGIN ERROR CODES */ |
| 3882 | /* The following lines are auto generated by the script make_errors.go. Any |
| 3883 | * changes made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run. |
| 3884 | */ |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 |
| 3886 | #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 |
| 3887 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 |
| 3888 | #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 |
| 3889 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 |
| 3890 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 |
| 3891 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 |
| 3892 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 |
| 3893 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 |
| 3894 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_LENGTH 109 |
| 3895 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 110 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 111 |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3897 | #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 112 |
| 3898 | #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 113 |
| 3899 | #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 114 |
| 3900 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 115 |
| 3901 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 116 |
| 3902 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 117 |
| 3903 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 118 |
| 3904 | #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 119 |
| 3905 | #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 120 |
| 3906 | #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 121 |
| 3907 | #define SSL_R_CANNOT_SERIALIZE_PUBLIC_KEY 122 |
| 3908 | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 123 |
| 3909 | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 124 |
| 3910 | #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 125 |
| 3911 | #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 126 |
| 3912 | #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 127 |
| 3913 | #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 128 |
| 3914 | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 129 |
| 3915 | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 130 |
| 3916 | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_CODE_WRONG_LENGTH 131 |
| 3917 | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 132 |
| 3918 | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 133 |
| 3919 | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 134 |
| 3920 | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 135 |
| 3921 | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 136 |
| 3922 | #define SSL_R_COOKIE_MISMATCH 137 |
| 3923 | #define SSL_R_D2I_ECDSA_SIG 138 |
| 3924 | #define SSL_R_DATA_BETWEEN_CCS_AND_FINISHED 139 |
| 3925 | #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 140 |
| 3926 | #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 141 |
| 3927 | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 142 |
| 3928 | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 143 |
| 3929 | #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 144 |
| 3930 | #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 145 |
| 3931 | #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 146 |
| 3932 | #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 147 |
| 3933 | #define SSL_R_EMPTY_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 148 |
| 3934 | #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 149 |
| 3935 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 150 |
| 3936 | #define SSL_R_EVP_DIGESTSIGNFINAL_FAILED 151 |
| 3937 | #define SSL_R_EVP_DIGESTSIGNINIT_FAILED 152 |
| 3938 | #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 153 |
| 3939 | #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 154 |
| 3940 | #define SSL_R_GOT_A_FIN_BEFORE_A_CCS 155 |
| 3941 | #define SSL_R_GOT_CHANNEL_ID_BEFORE_A_CCS 156 |
| 3942 | #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_BEFORE_A_CCS 157 |
| 3943 | #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 158 |
| 3944 | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 159 |
| 3945 | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_RECORD_BEFORE_CCS 160 |
| 3946 | #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 161 |
| 3947 | #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 162 |
| 3948 | #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 163 |
| 3949 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 164 |
| 3950 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 165 |
| 3951 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 166 |
| 3952 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 167 |
| 3953 | #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 168 |
| 3954 | #define SSL_R_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS 169 |
| 3955 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_DH_KEY 170 |
| 3956 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_ECDSA_SIGNING_CERT 171 |
| 3957 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 172 |
| 3958 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_ENCRYPTING_CERT 173 |
| 3959 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_SIGNING_CERT 174 |
| 3960 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 175 |
| 3961 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 176 |
| 3962 | #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 177 |
| 3963 | #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 178 |
| 3964 | #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 179 |
| 3965 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 180 |
| 3966 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 181 |
| 3967 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 182 |
| 3968 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 183 |
| 3969 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 184 |
| 3970 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 185 |
| 3971 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 186 |
| 3972 | #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 187 |
| 3973 | #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 188 |
| 3974 | #define SSL_R_NO_P256_SUPPORT 189 |
| 3975 | #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 190 |
| 3976 | #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 191 |
| 3977 | #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 192 |
| 3978 | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 193 |
| 3979 | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_SIGATURE_ALGORITHMS 194 |
| 3980 | #define SSL_R_NO_SRTP_PROFILES 195 |
| 3981 | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 196 |
| 3982 | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 197 |
| 3983 | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 198 |
| 3984 | #define SSL_R_PACKET_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 199 |
| 3985 | #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 200 |
| 3986 | #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 201 |
| 3987 | #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 202 |
| 3988 | #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 203 |
| 3989 | #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 204 |
| 3990 | #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 205 |
| 3991 | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 206 |
| 3992 | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 207 |
| 3993 | #define SSL_R_READ_BIO_NOT_SET 208 |
| 3994 | #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 209 |
| 3995 | #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 210 |
| 3996 | #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 211 |
| 3997 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATE_EXT_TOO_LONG 212 |
| 3998 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 213 |
| 3999 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 214 |
| 4000 | #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 215 |
| 4001 | #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 216 |
| 4002 | #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 217 |
| 4003 | #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 218 |
| 4004 | #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 219 |
| 4005 | #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_ERROR 220 |
| 4006 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 221 |
| 4007 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST_TOO_LONG 222 |
| 4008 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 223 |
| 4009 | #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 224 |
| 4010 | #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME_TYPE 225 |
| 4011 | #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 226 |
| 4012 | #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 227 |
| 4013 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CALLBACK_FAILED 228 |
| 4014 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONFLICT 229 |
| 4015 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 230 |
| 4016 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_HAS_BAD_LENGTH 231 |
| 4017 | #define SSL_R_TLS_CLIENT_CERT_REQ_WITH_ANON_CIPHER 232 |
| 4018 | #define SSL_R_TLS_ILLEGAL_EXPORTER_LABEL 233 |
| 4019 | #define SSL_R_TLS_INVALID_ECPOINTFORMAT_LIST 234 |
| 4020 | #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 235 |
| 4021 | #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 236 |
| 4022 | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 237 |
| 4023 | #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 238 |
| 4024 | #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY_PARAMETERS 239 |
| 4025 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_GROUP_CLOSE 240 |
| 4026 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 241 |
| 4027 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 242 |
| 4028 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 243 |
| 4029 | #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 244 |
| 4030 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 245 |
| 4031 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 246 |
| 4032 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 247 |
| 4033 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 248 |
| 4034 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 249 |
| 4035 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 250 |
| 4036 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 251 |
| 4037 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 252 |
| 4038 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 253 |
| 4039 | #define SSL_R_UNPROCESSED_HANDSHAKE_DATA 254 |
| 4040 | #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 255 |
| 4041 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 256 |
| 4042 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 257 |
| 4043 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 258 |
| 4044 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 259 |
| 4045 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_SSL_VERSION 260 |
| 4046 | #define SSL_R_USE_SRTP_NOT_NEGOTIATED 261 |
Adam Langley | 1258b6a | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 262 |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 263 |
| 4049 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 264 |
| 4050 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 265 |
| 4051 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 266 |
| 4052 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 267 |
| 4053 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 268 |
| 4054 | #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 269 |
| 4055 | #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 270 |
David Benjamin | 7538122 | 2015-03-02 19:30:30 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4056 | #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 271 |
David Benjamin | 9faafda | 2015-04-04 19:23:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4057 | #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 272 |
David Benjamin | ece3de9 | 2015-03-16 18:02:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4058 | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 273 |
David Benjamin | 31a0779 | 2015-03-03 14:20:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 274 |
Adam Langley | ba5934b | 2015-06-02 10:50:35 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 275 |
| 4061 | #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 276 |
| 4062 | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 277 |
David Benjamin | 24f346d | 2015-06-06 03:28:08 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4063 | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 278 |
Adam Langley | 614c66a | 2015-06-12 15:26:58 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 279 |
Adam Langley | 2e857bd | 2015-07-01 16:09:19 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 280 |
Adam Langley | 33ad2b5 | 2015-07-20 17:43:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 281 |
| 4067 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 282 |
| 4068 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 283 |
Adam Langley | 0950563 | 2015-07-30 18:10:13 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_CONTENTS_TOO_LARGE 284 |
| 4070 | #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 285 |
David Benjamin | 76c2efc | 2015-08-31 14:24:29 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 286 |
David Benjamin | d7c5368 | 2014-09-17 12:08:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 |
| 4074 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 |
| 4075 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 |
| 4076 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 |
| 4077 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 |
| 4078 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 |
| 4079 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 |
| 4080 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 |
| 4081 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 |
| 4082 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 |
| 4083 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 |
| 4084 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 |
| 4085 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 |
| 4086 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 |
| 4087 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 |
| 4088 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 |
| 4089 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 |
| 4090 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 |
| 4091 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 |
| 4092 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 |
| 4093 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 |
David Benjamin | d7c5368 | 2014-09-17 12:08:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4095 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 |
| 4096 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 |
| 4097 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 |
| 4098 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 |
| 4099 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 |
| 4100 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 |
| 4101 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | #endif /* OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H */ |